Annual Report_01-02.QXD - The Weatherhead Center for ...

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

INTRODUCTION 3 

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES 4 

Faculty Grants for Individual Research 4 

Other Faculty Support and Faculty Nominations 4 

Faculty Research Leaves 5 

Conferences 5 

Weatherhead Initiative in International Affairs 5 

LIBRARY 6 

WEB DEVELOPMENT 6 

FINANCES 6 

RESEARCH PROGRAMS AND SEMINARS 9 

Africa 9 

Canada and U.S.–Canada Relations 9 

Communist and Postcommunist Countries 10 

Comparative Politics 11 

Director’s Seminar 13 

Ethics and International Affairs 13 

Europe 14 

Fellows Program 15 

Harvard Academy for International and Area Studies 18 

International Economics 26 

John H. Olin Institute for Strategic Studies 46 

Justice 30 

Middle East 36 

Political Development 39 

Political Economy 40 

Political Violence 43 

Program on International Conflict Analysis and Resolution 25 

Program on Nonviolent Sanctions and Cultural Survival 36 

Program on U.S.–Japan Relations 28 

Redefining Boundaries of Belonging 44 

South Asia 45 

Student Programs 50 

Transnational Security 57 

U.S. Foreign Policy 58 

CALENDAR OF EVENTS 59 

PUBLICATIONS 79 

ADMINISTRATION 92 

Visiting Committee 92 

Executive Committee 92 

Staff 93 

CONTENTS 2001/2002 1

WEATHERHEAD CENTER FOR INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS 

2001–2002 

THE CENTER FOR INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS WAS FOUNDED IN 1958.In 

the spring of 1998 it was renamed the Weatherhead Center for International Affairs in gratitude 

for the magnificent endowment established by Albert and Celia Weatherhead and the 

Weatherhead Foundation. 

The Center is the largest international research center in the social sciences within Harvard 

University’s Faculty of Arts and Sciences. The core interests of the Weatherhead Center are 

broadly defined to encompass research on international, transnational, and comparative topics 

(both contemporary and historical) and include rigorous policy analysis as well as the study of 

specific countries and regions besides the United States. 

The Center is structured to encourage the highest practical level of personal and 

intellectual interaction among a diverse community of scholars and practitioners. It is 

distinctive in its recognition that knowledge is a product not only of individual academic 

research, but also of vigorous, sustained intellectual dialogue among scholars and nonacademic 

experts. To stimulate this dialogue, the Center sponsors an array of seminars, research 

programs, workshops, and conferences. These activities encourage interaction among resident 

affiliates and involve a wide variety of scholars, government and military officials, corporate 

executives, and practitioners from around the world. The Center houses over a dozen 

professors, several- dozen graduate students and postdoctoral fellows, nearly two-dozen Fellows, 

and many visiting scholars, associate, and staff. 

The Weatherhead Center is composed of diverse research communities, including faculty 

from all ranks, graduate and undergraduate students principally at the dissertation or senior 

thesis stages, visiting scholars, and nonacademic Fellows. The faculty and students come from 

all the social science departments, and nearly all schools of the University. It is part of the 

Center’s mission to support and connect work conducted throughout the University on the 

affairs of other countries and cultures. 

Faculty research defines the fundamental activities of the Center and orients its priorities. 

The specific research activities and programs of the Center respond to faculty initiative, and 

they change as faculty and research priorities shift. The Center, therefore, is structured to 

maximize a capacity for responding, flexibly and swiftly, to scholarly initiative. 

The Weatherhead Center supports the research, houses, and helps finance the work of 

graduate students from various schools of the University. The Center awards many grants to 

undergraduates for conducting field research in various countries for senior theses. 

The results of Center research are made available to the public policy community through 

books, working papers, articles, reports, seminars and lectures, and through the personal 

participation of Center members in policy planning and decision-making in governments and 

institutions outside the University. 

A faculty director who is assisted by an executive director heads the Center. An executive 

committee, primarily composed of senior Harvard faculty involved in Center-sponsored 

programs, provides guidance on matters of substance and policy. Professor Jorge I. Domínguez, 

Clarence Dillon Professor of International Affairs, is the Center director. James A. Cooney is the 

executive director. 

Academic year 2001–02 was the Center’s last at Coolidge Hall, 1737 Cambridge Street, 

Cambridge. On June 12, 2002, the Center’s doors re-opened at its new home, 1033 

Massachusetts Avenue, on the Harvard University campus in Cambridge, Massachusetts. We 

expect to move yet again, during the latter part of academic year 2004–05, to new facilities to be 

built approximately on the site of Coolidge Hall. 

ANNUAL REPORT 2001/2002 3

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES 

Faculty Grants for Individual 

Research 

The Center annually awards a limited number 

of grants, up to $5,000, to individual scholars 

to pursue research on important international 

and comparative topics. The Center supports 

basic research that deepens an understanding 

of the forces, both domestic and international, 

that is transforming many countries as well as 

the international system. Proposals may 

include requests for travel, research assistance, 

and other project-related expenses. They may 

also include authors’ workshops for recently 

published books. The subcommittee of the 

Center’s Executive Committee reviews all these 

proposals. There are three deadlines during the 

academic year for these grants. 

Twelve faculty members received the following 

grants for 2001–02: 

Health and Disease in Sub-Saharan Africa: An 

Interdisciplinary Workshop 

–Emmanuel Akyeampong 

Research on Religion, Economics, and Political 

Institutions 

–Robert Barro 

Systems Theory of World Politics 

–Lars-Erik Cederman 

State Appraisal: Transformations in Statistical 

Institutions and the Russia State 

–Yoshiko M. Herrera 

Diasporas and Development 

–Devesh Kapur 

Odious debt policies, refugee policy, and 

military outsourcing 

–Michael Kremer 

Words and Deeds: Mistrust and Reassurance in 

International Relations, Research Assistance 

–Andrew Kydd 

International Organization 

–Lisa Martin 

“Race” and the Transnational Genesis of 

“Blackness” 

–James Lorand Matory 

Origins and Evolution for worker patrols in 

China 

–Elizabeth Perry 

The Geography of Ethnic Violence: Identity, 

Interests, and the Indivisibility of Territory 

–Monica Duffy Toft 

In America’s Shadow: Global Responses to U.S. 

Preponderance 

–Stephen M. Walt 

Other Faculty Support And Faculty 

Nominations 

The Weatherhead Center also offers faculty 

associates support for a variety of researchrelated 

purposes. Small grants of up to $1,500 

per academic year are awarded to faculty 

associates to fund, for example, research 

assistance or indexing. Dissemination of 

research is facilitated by inviting junior faculty 

to request, once per semester, that the Center 

circulate copies of their published or 

unpublished work, with a cover letter, to up to 

ten scholars in their field. The Center also 

offers staff support for resident faculty 

associates through a program that subsidizes 

the services of administrative staff. 

Applications for small grants and 

dissemination of research are accepted 

throughout the academic year. Requests for 

staff support must be submitted before the 

beginning of each semester. Encouraging them 

to nominate visiting scholars, students and 

Fellows to the Center also supports the work of 

faculty associates. Through these nominations, 

the faculty is able to bring to the Center those 

with whom they wish also enriching the 

intellectual life of the Center. Deadlines for 

nominations vary according to the 

appointment or award. 

Conferences 

The following conferences were sponsored or 

co-sponsored by the Weatherhead Center 

during 2001–02: 

A Demographic Study of the Partition of 

India: Is it Feasible? 

–Jennifer Leaning 

Conference on the Measurement of Identity in 

the Social Sciences 

–Alastair Iain Johnston 

Conference on Military Conflict and Public 

Health 

–Lisa Martin 

The Future of U.S. Foreign Policy 

–Steven Walt, Jorge Domínguez, and Jim 

Cooney 

Informal Institutions and Politics in the 

Developing World 

–Steven Levitsky 

Mobilizing Science and Technology for 

Sustainable Development: Challenges for 

International Institutions 

–William Clark 

Research Group on Political Institutions and 

Economic Policy (PIEP) 

–Jeffry Frieden and Ken Shepsle

Social Movements in the South: Brazil, 

India and South Africa in 

Comparative Perspective 

–Sanjeev Khagram 

Transatlantic Perspectives on the U.S.–EU 

Economic Relations: Convergence, Conflict 

and Cooperation 

–Robert Z. Lawrence 

Faculty Research Leaves 

Stanley Hoffmann, faculty associate and Paul 

and Catherine Buttenwieser University 

Professor, received a one-semester Faculty 

Research Fellowship for the academic year 

2001–02 to complete a “volume” on the 

present nature of global society and of the 

ethical imperatives, choices, and constraints for 

this society. The volume is tentatively entitled 

The Politics and Ethics of World Society. 

Hoffman systematized and synthesized what 

he has taught in his courses and seminars on 

War, Political Thought and International 

Politics, Globalization, the Use of Force, 

Nationalism, and the Ethics of World Politics. 

The first part will deal with world society, its 

nature and dynamics. The second part will be 

normative and return to the subject he treated 

in Duties Beyond Borders (1981), but written, 

this time, for a world society very different 

from that of the cold war era, and dealing in 

greater depth with fundamental moral issues. 

The goal for the volume is to provide students 

of world affairs with a comprehensive 

understanding of the emerging global society, 

its dynamics, its originality, and the moral 

choices that will shape its evolution. 

Devesh Kapur, faculty associate and associate 

professor of government, received a onesemester 

Faculty Research Fellowship for the 

academic year 2001–02 to complete a study 

aimed at examining the political and economic 

impact of diasporas. The study will examine a 

range of issues: how and why diasporas differ 

in the forms of engagement with the host 

country; reexamination of one aspect of 

migration and diasporas that has been the 

subject of many earlier studies: remittances; 

the dynamic effects of “social” remittances on 

reshaping individual preferences and social 

norms and thereby becoming a factor for 

social and political change; the implications for 

national level politics of diasporic resource 

flows; the institutional effects of “brain-drain” 

on countries of origin; the other side of 

“brain-drain”—diasporas acting as “brainbanks”, 

“brain-trusts” and the like; and the 

study will try to understand whether 

“diasporas” are a form of international social 

capital. 

Ken Shepsle, faculty associate and Markham 

Professor of Government, received a onesemester 

Faculty Research Fellowship for the 

academic year 2001–02 to complete a project 

that seeks to incorporate demographic 

thinking into political-economic modeling by 

linking theory and the events of the empirical 

world. Theoretically, Shepsle aims to build 

interest in “demographic dynamics” and create 

a formal structure that accommodates a range 

of intertemporal phenomena that often are 

treated separately when, in fact, they share 

many features. An additional theoretical 

consideration is the composition of the group 

and the manner in which it changes over time. 

Professor Shepsle seeks to understand the 

connection between demographic change in an 

electorate and the shape of its party system. 

This requires both a theoretical model and the 

creation of a new data set—a demographic 

profile of democratic electorates extending 

over time. As this project will proceed over the 

next three to five years, Professor Shepsle 

foresees a book-length manuscript consisting 

of theory, quantitative analysis, and case 

studies. 

The Weatherhead Initiative in 

International Affairs 

The Weatherhead Initiative in International 

Affairs supports large-scale, innovative 

research on international topics at Harvard. 

The emphasis is on interfaculty research with a 

clear integrative core. Approximately $220,000 

is available each year to support one major 

project, and small planning grants for 

potential future projects are also available. The 

first Weatherhead Initiative project, “Military 

Conflict as a Public Health Problem,” is 

directed by Professors Gary King (Department 

of Government) and Chris Murray (School of 

Public Health). The second Weatherhead 

Initiative project, launched in 2001–02, is on 

the role of identity—national, ethnic, religious, 

and otherwise—in international and domestic 

politics. It is directed by Professors A. Iain 

Johnston and Yoshiko Herrera (Department of 

Government), Terry Martin (Department of 

History), and Rawi Abdelal (Harvard Business 

School). Beginning in the summer of 2002 the 

most recent project focuses on “Religion in 

Global Politics.” The team includes Harvard 

faculty members Samuel P. Huntington, J. 

Bryan Hehir, David Little, Jessica Stern, and 

Monica Toft. 


LIBRARY 

The Library at the Weatherhead Center for 

International Affairs supports and facilitates 

the Center’s current research needs, primarily 

through the library’s journal collection and as 

an entrance to the vast Harvard library system. 

The Weatherhead Center librarian works to 

direct patrons to the most appropriate 

collections of the more than 90 libraries at 

Harvard, as well as to libraries outside the 

Harvard system. The library also provides 

access to the Internet and assistance for 

researchers using the hundreds of electronic 

resources and searching tools available to 

members of the Harvard community. 

Information on the Weatherhead Center 

library’s 6,000 books and more than 80 

journals is available through the Hollis 

Catalog, Harvard’s online public catalog, 

which also contains records for most of 

Harvard’s libraries. Access to the database is 

available from any computer via the Internet, 

at the Harvard Library Web site 

http://lib.harvard.edu/index.html. 

WEB DEVELOPMENT 

The 2001–02 academic year saw the 

inauguration of www.wcfia.harvard.edu as a 

potent new tool for the dissemination of the 

scholarly work of the Center’s faculty. The 

Weatherhead Center began cultivating a 

significant presence on the Web that will play a 

growing role in projecting Harvard University 

scholarship on international affairs to an 

expanding international audience of 

academics, policymakers, and students. 

The site provides: 

Faculty research available through categorical 

fields of inquiry; author, subject, and title 

searches. 

(This section alone received an average of 1000 

“hits” per month.) Information on scholarly 

developments of special note: the three 

currently funded Weatherhead Initiatives the 

conferences and papers of the Research Group 

on Political Institutions and Economic Policy, 

and research programs that were new to the 

Center in 2001–02; the current week’s featured 

events, including public seminars, conferences, 

and special lectures, with hyperlinks to speaker 

biographies, seminar schedules, and relevant 

publications, including “downloadable” 

seminar papers; “In the News” links to op-ed 

and other pieces written by or about the 

Center’s faculty associates; “Recent Books” by 

faculty associates, including scanned covers, 

editorial summaries, and links for book 

purchases; Various administrative links to the 

research, seminars, programs, conferences and 

people of the Center, many of which continued 

a process of developing sophisticated pages of 

their own, with Center assistance; Tools helpful 

to Center faculty and staff for event 

scheduling, remote access to the Center’s email 

system, and publications archives. 

In future phases of development the Center 

intends to increase greatly the number of 

academic articles available on its site, enhance 

Web-based electronic services for faculty 

conferences, respond to the technical interests 

of Center faculty and other users, and make 

the site an important, easy to use, and relevant 

scholarly tool. 

Staff 

Steven B. Bloomfield, Director for Public 

Information 

Amanda Flohr, Web Communications 

Specialist 

Ethan Kiczek, Manager of Information 

Technology 

Amanda Pearson, Publications Manager 

FINANCES 

Contributors 

Akiyama Aiseikan 

Frank Boas 

Fondation Bogette–Pierre Keller 

Robert Bosch Foundation 

BP Amoco Foundation incorporation 

Lynde and Harry Bradley Foundation 

Carnegie Corporation of New York 

Maurice D. Copithorne 

Cultural Survival Inc. 

The Honorable John Gunther Dean 

Dillon Fund 

Fundacion Futuro Latinoamericano 

William and Flora Hewlett Foundation 

Diego Hidalgo 

Japan Foundation/Center for Global Partnership 

Japan–U.S. Friendship Commission 

Lt. General Glenn A. Kent. 

Sidney R. Knafel 

Ira Kukin 

Herbert Levin 

John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur 

Foundation 

Michael D. Manshel

John M. Mojdehi 

Norfolk Foundation 

Northrop Grumman Corp. 

Norwottock Charitable Trust 

John M. Olin Foundation, Inc. 

Sir Arthur Michael Palliser 

William B. Robinson 

Daniel and Joanna S. Rose Fund Inc 

Dr. James R. Schlesinger 

Ambassador Horacio Sevilla-Borja 

Adele Simmons 

Smith Richardson Foundation, Inc. 

Hugo E. Souza 

State Street Global Advisors 

Monteagle Stearns 

John Templeton Foundation 

Fritz Thyssen Foundation 

U.S. Department of Defense 

Virtual Research Associates, Inc. 

Weatherhead Foundation 


FINANCIAL SUMMARY 

INCOME 

Endowments $ 2,721,873 

Research Programs Gifts, Fees, and Grants $ 2,189,478 

Workshops, Corporate Associates, Seminars $ 42,757 

Government Grants and Contracts $ 285,156 

Other Fees and Support from FAS $ 11,844 

Interest and Transfers from Reserves $ 16,900 

Total Income $ 5,268,008 

EXPENSES 

Fellows Program $ 423,053 

Program on Nonviolent Sanctions and Cultural Survival $ 221,272 

Program on U.S.–Japan Relations $ 412,236 

Olin Institute (Not including government contracts) $ 686,322 

Program on International Conflict, Analysis, and Resolution $ 106,535 

Canada Program $ 68,530 

MacArthur Transnational Security Program $ 68,025 

Thyssen and Bosch Fellowships $ 55,768 

Academy Scholars Program and Conferences $ 563,830 

Religion, Political Economy, and Society Project $ 139,006 

Student Programs $ 176,672 

Library $ 68,470 

Publications $ 121,445 

Visiting Scholars/Associates $ 1,548 

Information Technology 

Administration 

$ 322,655 

Personnel $ 625,969 

Space, Maintenance, Infrastructure $ 87,199 

Center Functions, Travel, Consultants, Phones, Supplies, Misc. $ 107,558 

Sponsored Research Programs (Including Olin government contracts) $ 334,779 

Support for Faculty Research, Conferences, Workshops and Seminars $ 573,052 

Weatherhead Initiative $ 94,676 

Transfer to Reserves $ 9,408 

Total Expenses $ 5,268,008 

BALANCE $ 0

AFRICA 

RESEARCH AND SEMINAR PROGRAMS 

The Weatherhead Center fosters research on 

Africa through its co-sponsorship with the 

Committee on African Studies and the Center 

for International Development. The Africa 

Seminar brings scholars of Africa to Harvard 

to present papers on contemporary 

developments in regional economic and 

political affairs. During the 2000–01 academic 

year, the seminar met on a monthly basis and 

attracted faculty, students, and others 

interested in Africa from Harvard and the 

greater Boston academic community. 

September 20 

“Genocide in Rwanda: Why was the U.S. a 

bystander?” Samantha Power,executive 

director, Carr Center for Human Rights, 

John F. Kennedy School of Government. 

October 25 

“Why and How Rebels and Soldiers Fight 

in Africa,” Jeffrey Herbst, professor of 

politics and international affairs, 

Princeton University. 

November 13 

“The Graves are Not Yet Full: Race, Tribe 

and Power in the Heart of Africa,” Bill 

Berkeley, editorialist, New York Times; 

Adjunct Professor, Columbia University 

School for International and Public 

Affairs; senior fellow, World Policy 

Institute, New School for Social Research. 

November 15 

“Mobilization of Nigeria’s Human 

Resources,” A. Babatunde Thomas, 

Nigerian Presidential Adviser on Human 

Resources, Science and Technology, 

visiting scholar, Center for International 

Development, Harvard University. 

February 28 

“Sorcery and Democracy in Postwar 

Mozambique,” Harry West,fellow, 

Program in Agrarian Studies, Yale 

University; assistant professor, Graduate 

Faculty of Political and Social Science, 

New School for Social Research. 

March 7 

“Detention, Rehabilitation and the 

Destruction of Kikuyu Society during the 

Mau Mau Emergency,” Caroline Elkins, 

assistant professor, Department of 

History, Harvard University. 

March 14 

“The Sharia Controversy: Religion and the 

Democratization Process in Nigeria,” 

Matthews Ojo, visiting professor, Harvard 

Divinity School, Reader, Department of 

Religious Studies, Obafemi Awolowo 

University. 

April 2 

“Human Development in Africa,” Felton 

T. Earls, professor of social medicine and 

child psychiatry, Harvard Medical School; 

professor of human behavior and 

development, Department of Maternal 

and Child Health, Harvard School of 

Public Health. 

April 4 

“What are the Limitations of 

Conditionality in Making Aid Effective? A 

Case Study from Ghana,” Ernest Aryeetey, 

Cornell Visiting Professor, Department of 

Economics, Swarthmore College; former 

deputy director, Institute of Statistical, 

Social and Economic Research, University 

of Ghana. 

April 4 

“Funding for the Arts in Africa,” Anita 

Wästberg, former head of culture and 

media, Swedish International 

Development Authority. 

April 18 

“Designing Better Electoral Systems for 

Emerging Democracies: Options for 

Kenya and South Africa,” Joel Barkan, 

professor of political science, University of 

Iowa; senior consultant on government, 

Public Sector Reform Unit, Africa Region, 

World Bank; resident fellow, Woodrow 

Wilson International Center. 

CANADA AND U.S.–CANADA RELATIONS 

The Weatherhead Center’s Canada Program 

sponsored eight events during 2001–02, 

chaired by Angelo Melino, William Lyon 

Mackenzie King Visiting Professor of Canadian 

Studies. The seven Canada Seminars examined 

border issues, tax comparisons, Canadian 

politics, Canada–U.S. relations, trade, and 

education policy. One of the Canada Seminars 

was dedicated to a screening of Norman 

Jewison’s motion picture “The Hurricane.” A 

conference on “Canada–U.S. Economic and 

Monetary Integration,” held in May 2002, 

attracted about thirty scholars from both sides 

of the border. 


Canada Seminar 

Chair: Angelo Melino 

October 15 

“Canada in North America: A Reluctant 

Bride,” John McCallum, MP, Markham, 

former chief economist of the Royal Bank. 

November 19 

“Building a Framework for Smart 

Economic Policy,” Jack M. Mintz, 

president and CEO of C. D. Howe 

Institute. 

December 3 

“Right, Left, and Center: the State of 

Canada’s Parties,” The Honorable Robert 

Keith Rae, former premier of Ontario. 

February 11 

“U.S. – Canada Relations,” The Honorable 

Paul Cellucci, U.S. Ambassador to 

Canada. 

February 27 

Film screening of the movie “Hurricane” 

by Norman Jewison, major motion film 

director and producer. 

March 18 

“Hemispheric Trade in a New Age of 

Uncertainty,” Stephen S. Poloz,vice 

president and chief economist of 

Economic Development Corporation. 

April 22 

“Economic Perspectives on Policy 

Changes in Canadian Education,” David 

Johnson, professor of economics, Wilfrid 

Laurier University. 

Canada – U.S. Economic and Monetary 

Integration 

May 9–11 

Panelists: 

“Free Trade, Firm Heterogeneity and 

Canadian Productivity,” Keith Head, 

University of British Columbia. 

Discussant: Nadia Soboleva (University of 

Toronto) 

“The Effect of Common Currencies on 

International Trade: A Meta-Analysis,” 

Andrew Rose, University of California. 

Discussant: Silvana Tenreyro (Harvard 

University) 

“What have we learned so far from the 

introduction of the euro?” Alberto 

Alesina, Harvard University. 

“The Modern History of Exchange Rate 

Arrangements: A Reinterpretation,” 

Carmen Reinhart, University of Maryland 

and International Monetary Fund. 

“Fundamental versus Speculative Forces in 

the Canadian Dollar Market,” John 

Murray, Royal Bank of Canada, 

Discussant: Serena Ng (Johns Hopkins 

University) 

“Asymmetric Shocks and Productivity 

Dynamics in Core-Periphery Integration,” 

Rick Harris, Simon Fraser University, 

Discussant: Francesco Caselli (Harvard 

University) 

Panel: “The Exchange Rate Regime, 

Productivity and Growth” 

Larry Schembri, Bank of Canada 

Michael Devereux, University of British 

Columbia 

Rick Harris, Simon Fraser University 

Panel: “North American Monetary Union” 

Pierre Fortin,UQAM 

Jeffrey Frankel, Harvard University 

Jeffry Frieden, Harvard University 

John Murray, Royal Bank of Canada 

Angelo Melino, William Lyon Mackenzie 

Visiting Professor of Canadian Studies 

COMMUNIST AND POSTCOMMUNIST 

COUNTRIES 

Communist and Postcommunist 

Countries Seminar 

From the 1970s to the 1990s, countries with 

communist political systems faced certain 

similar challenges and responded to them in 

remarkably different ways. In the 1980s, all 

communist party leaderships confronted 

challenges to the political legitimacy of their 

rule; by the beginning of the 1990s, 

communist regimes survived only in Cuba and 

East Asia. In the 1990s, nearly every 

communist and postcommunist country 

confronted crises of identity and political 

economy. The communist and postcommunist 

worlds, in turn, pose challenges for the 

redesign of the international system: China is 

growing as a major power, and Russia is 

groping for a new international role. 

Harvard University has a stellar cast of faculty, 

which works on nearly every communist and 

postcommunist country as well as on virtually 

all the issues just noted. These professors are 

associated with various departments and 

several research centers and institutes, and 

though many know each other casually, they 

rarely have the opportunity to exchange views

on scholarly matters of common concern. 

Thus, an all-faculty seminar on communist 

and postcommunist countries was founded in 

1998. Each session is deliberately comparative, 

seeking to engage these scholars in thinking 

about themes common to various countries. In 

this fashion, the seminar harnessed the 

scholarly study of specific areas through 

comparative analysis. 

The seminar is co-chaired by Professors 

Timothy Colton, Jorge Domínguez, Grzegorz 

Ekiert, and Elizabeth Perry. 

October 9 

“Marriage and the Family in China and 

Cuba,” Martin Whyte (Department of 

Sociology) and Jorge Domínguez 

(Department of Government). 

November 20 

“State Sprawl in China and Eastern 

Europe,” Anthony Saich (Kennedy School 

of Government) and Grzegorz Ekiert 


February 28 

“Boris Yeltsin, Deng Xiaoping, and Jiang 

Zemin,” Timothy Colton (Department of 

Government) and Roderick MacFarquhar 


COMPARATIVE POLITICS 

Comparative Politics Seminar 

Harvard University hosts a great many 

professors with interests in comparative 

politics. Some study specific countries or 

issues, others focus on key themes such as 

political economy, and several emphasize work 

on formal models of politics. For the most 

part, these scholars have interacted little with 

other. Thus, the principal purpose of the 

Comparative Politics seminar is to facilitate 

discussions among professors whose approach 

to the study of the subject differs. To advance 

this objective, we emphasized the prior 

distribution and reading of papers; there were 

few, if any, oral remarks made by the speakers 

at the meetings themselves. The purpose of the 

meetings was discussion, commentary, 

criticism, and suggestions. The subject matter 

was quite open. Professors Devesh Kapur and 

Jorge Domínguez chaired the seminar during 

2001–02. 

October 2 

“Competitive Authoritarianism: Hybrid 

Regime Change in Peru and Ukraine in 

Comparative Perspective,” Steve Levitsky 

and Lucan A.Way. 

November 1 

“India’s Institutions and Economic 

Performance,” Devesh Kapur. 

December 4 

“Varieties of Capitalism and Institutional 

Complementarities in the Macroeconomy: 

An Empirical Analysis,” Peter A. Hall and 

Daniel W. Gingerich. 

February 5 

“Sustaining Fixed Rates: The Political 

Economy of Currency Pegs in Latin 

America,” S. Brock Blomberg and Jeffry 

Frieden. 

April 2 

“Divided Minority Government and 

Democracy,” Cindy Skach. 

April 16 

Comparative Politics Field Seminar 

Syllabus Discussion 

Workshop in Comparative Politics 

In its eighth year, the Research Workshop on 

the Performance of Democracy was renamed 

the Workshop in Comparative Politics. This 

yearlong research workshop on issues covering 

the challenges of democracy and 

democratization is designed for Harvard 

doctoral students in the social sciences. This 

has been an indispensable forum for students’ 

presentations of thesis prospectuses, draft 

chapters, and draft papers, while faculty 

leading the workshop also present research in 

progress, allowing graduate students to engage 

with research that is “not yet ready for prime 

time.” Draft articles and draft chapters from 

book manuscripts from faculty have included 

Robert Putnam’s Bowling Alone, Michael 

Sandel’s Democratic Discontent, Eva Bellin’s 

Stalled Democracy, and Robert Bates’ work on 

“analytic narratives.” Students from other area 

schools also participate in these workshops, as 

space permits. 

Professors Samuel Huntington, Elizabeth 

Perry, and Cindy Skach led the workshop in 

2001–02. Supported initially by a grant from 

the Mellon Foundation, the seminar was 

developed under the leadership of Robert 

Putnam when he was director of the Center. 

Occasionally, guest scholars are invited to 

present their research. Over the past few years, 

such presenters have included Torben Iversen, 

Sid Verba, Thomas Ertman, Gary King, 

Ronald Inglehart, and Carles Boix. 


September 19 

“The State and National Identity,” Samuel 

Huntington. 

Discussant: Fiona Barker 

September 26 

“Mexican Elections Campaign,” Jorge 

Domínguez. 

Discussant: Michael Lewis-Beck 

October 3 

Discussion of fieldwork techniques 

October 10 

“Time, Space, and Institutional Change in 

Eastern Europe,” Stephen Hanson. 

Discussant: Pauline Jones-Luong 

October 17 

“Generation and Electoral Change in 

Japan,” Masaru Miyano. 

Discussant: William Phelan 

October 24 

“Tactical use of Emotions during the 

Chinese Revolution,” Elizabeth Perry 

Discussant: Naunihal Singh 

“Radical Right Populism in the EU,” Jens 

Rydgren 

Discussant: Elizabeth Perry 

October 31 

“Judicial Behavior and Rule of Law in 

Russia,” Maria Dimitrova Popova 

Discussant: Shannon O’Neil Trowbridge 

November 7 

“State building, History and Rural Politics 

in Peru,” Hillel Soifer 

Discussant: Maria Dimitrova Popova 

“Domestic Politics and International 

Competition,” William Phelan 

Discussant: Masaru Miyano 

November 14 

“Ghanaian Coup Dynamics,” Naunihal 

Singh 

Discussant: Lucan Way 

“Energy, Wealth, and Institution 

Building,” Pauline Jones-Luong 

Discussant: Samuel Huntington 

November 28 

“The Efficacy of Latin American 

Bureaucracies,” Shannon O’Neil 

Trowbridge 

Discussant: Hillel Soifer 

“Religious Political Parties,” Brian McGraw 

Discussant: Cindy Skach 

December 5 

“Constitutional Courts and 

Multiculturalism,” Cindy Skach 

Discussant: Brian McGraw 

“Market Producing Federalism in the 

Post-Soviet Economy,” Lucan Way 

Discussant: Jacques Hymans 

December 12 

“Immigration and the Welfare State,” 

Fiona Barker 

Discussant: Jorge Domínguez 

“Pride, Prejudice, and the Bomb,” Jacques 

Hymans 

Discussant: Jens Rydgren 

January 30 

“Bankers, Voters, and Politicians,” Gabriel 

Aguilera 

Discussant: Shannon O’Neil Trowbridge 

February 2 

“French Sociology of International 

Relations and 9/11,” Jacques Hymans 

Discussant: Fiona Barker 

“Welfare State Reform and State-Society 

Relations in Latin America,” Shannon 

O’Neil Trowbridge 

Discussant: Maria Dimitrova Popova 

February 6 

“Reconsidering the State: Lessons from 

Postcommunism,” Anna Gryzmala-Busse 

and Pauline Jones-Luong 

Discussant: Elizabeth Perry 

February 13 

“Divided Majorities in the Fifth Republic 

and Rational Timing of Dissolution,” 

Cindy Skach 

Discussant: Anna Gryzmala-Busse 

February 20 

“China’s Neighborhood Committees and 

Their Constituents,” Ben Read 

March 6 

“Politics of Islamic Finance,” Kristin 

Smith 

Discussant: Naunihal Singh 

March 13 

“Armed Workers and the State in Modern 

China,” Elizabeth Perry 

Discussant: Cindy Skach 

March 20 

“Japanese Electoral Change from the Point 

of Generation,” Masaru Miyano

Discussant: Shigeo Hirano 

“Towards Explaining State Strength in 

Latin America,” Hillel Soifer 

Discussant: Samuel Huntington 

April 3 

Prospectus Draft, Fiona Barker 

Discussant: Hillel Soifer 

April 10 

“American National Identity,” Samuel 

Huntington 

Discussant: Jacques Hymans 

Prospectus Draft, William Phelan 

Discussant: Ben Read 

April 17 

“Bureaucratic Politics and Failure of 

Banking Reform in China,” Victor Shih 

Discussant: Gabriel Aguilera 

“Military Coups from the Middle,” 

Naunihal Singh 

Discussant: Victor Shih 

April 24 

“Judiciary / Former Communist States,” 

Maria Dimitrova Popova 

Discussant: Kristin Smith 

“Islamist Parties in Parliament,” Khaled 

Halmey 

Discussant Pauline Jones-Luong 

2001–02 Participants 

Gabriel Aguilera 

Fiona Barker 

Deborah Boucoyannis 

Jorge Domínguez 

Anna Gryzmala-Busse 

Khaled Halmy 

Stephen Hanson 

Shigeo Hirano 

Samuel Huntington 

Jacques Hymans 

Pauline Jones-Luong 

Rieko Kage 

Bryan McGraw 

Masaru Miyano 

Elizabeth Perry 

William Phelan 

Maria Dimitrova Popova 

Benjamin Read 

Victor Shih 


Cindy Skach 

Kristin Smith 

Hillel Soifer 

Shannon O’Neil Trowbridge 

Lucan Way 

Gergana Yankova 

DIRECTOR’S SEMINAR 

Jorge I. Domínguez, director of the 

Weatherhead Center for International Affairs, 

led these monthly sessions on subjects of 

current importance in international affairs. A 

Center tradition, these informal roundtable 

discussions are initiated by Fellows of the 

Center. The Fellows use their professional 

experience as points of departure to contribute 

thoughts and present perspectives on the issues 

at hand. The seminars are beneficial to all 

members of the Center and other interested 

individuals from the University community. 

October 1 

“The Terrorist Attack on the U.S.: 

Reactions from Abroad,” Yusup Magdiev, 

Hany Salah Mostafa, and Xavier Lewis. 

November 5 

“The Challenge for World Leaders: 

Governing After September 11,” Carlos 

Blanco, Takaaki Kojima, and Rolf Nikel. 

December 3 

“A North American Community—The 

Road Ahead,” Carlos Rico, George 

Haynal, and Patricia Gabel. 

February 11 

“Russia and Its Neighbors,” Garnik 

Nanagoulian, Kakhi Kenkadze, Yusup 

Magdiev, and Rolf Nikel. 

March 18 

“The Non-Event of the Euro?” Xavier 

Lewis, Mark Dickinson, and Jacques 

Pellet. 

April 22 

“Making Coalitions Work,” Greg 

Kaufmann, and Chris Wright, 

Weatherhead Center Fellows, and Shunji 

Izutsu, Program on U.S.–Japan Relations. 

ETHICS AND INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS 

Seminar on Ethics and International 

Affairs 

The Seminar on Ethics and International 

Affairs, now in its ninth year, continued at the 


Weatherhead Center during 2001–02. The 

seminar is under the faculty leadership of 

Stanley Hoffmann. Yannis Evrigenis and Annie 

Stilz, both third-year Ph.D. students in 

Government, served as co-facilitators. 

The seminar met on Wednesdays and 

Thursdays, several times a semester, and was 

able to bring together a diverse audience from 

both the academic and the policymaking 

communities to discuss ethical implications of 

international issues. The series of five panels, 

“Understanding September 11,” were of 

particular note this year which brought 

together undergraduates, graduate students, 

faculty, and members of the community 

during the month of October. Panels covered 

South Asian history, Islam, terrorism, and 

international responses, and they involved 

presentations from faculty from across the 

university. 

Our regular program this year included: J. 

Brian Atwood, former director, USAID; Joel 

Trachtman (Tufts University); Amir Attaran 

(KSG); Michael Hardt (Duke University); 

David Rieff (author, Slaughterhouse: Bosnia 

and the Failure of the West); and Stanley 

Hoffmann (Harvard University). 

Topics included U.S. foreign aid policy, the 

ethics of globalization, the AIDS crisis in 

Africa, empire and war, and humanitarianism. 

EUROPE 

The Weatherhead Center has placed increasing 

emphasis on European activities, ranging from 

undergraduate study groups, to conferences, to 

the ongoing European Union seminar series. 

The Center is an active participant in 

Harvard’s European Union Center, and it 

works closely with the Kennedy School of 

Government, the Law School, and the Center 

for European Studies to coordinate Europerelated 

events. Beginning in 2001 the 

Weatherhead Center and the Kennedy School 

jointly sponsored the Ralph I. Strauss Visiting 

Professorship in European Union Affairs. With 

the support of Frank Boas, the Center also 

organizes the annual Spaak Lecture on EU 

questions. 

Visions of European Governance 

Seminar 

A lecture series of Harvard’s European Union 

Center sponsored by the Minda de Gunzburg 

Center for European Studies; the John F. 

Kennedy School of Government; the Jean 

Monnet Program of Harvard Law School; the 

Harvard Business School; and the Weatherhead 

Center for International Affairs. This is the 

sixth year of the series. 

November 1 

“Key Belgian Perspectives on the Belgian 

EU Presidency,” Alex Reyn, Ambassador of 

Belgium to the U.S.; Jean De Ruyt, 

Ambassador, Permanent Representative of 

Belgium to the United Nations; and 

Bernard Snoy, Member of the Board of 

Directors of the European Bank for 

Reconstruction and Development 

(EBRD), London. 

November 14 

“Can the Euro and European Integration 

Still Succeed?” Günter Grosche, secretary 

of the Economic and Financial 

Committee, European Commission. 

December 13 

“Improving Democratic Governance in 

the European Union,” Jerome Vignon, 

principal advisor, European Commission. 

Faculty Seminar on European 

Integration 

The faculty seminar is more focused on 

research. It aims to facilitate an 

interdisciplinary discussion across 

departments and centers on issues of European 

integration by inviting experts from Europe 

and the United States. It seeks to link European 

Union studies to scholarly debates in 

international relations, international law, 

comparative politics, and political economy. 

The seminar is co-sponsored by the EU Center 

of Harvard University and is directed by 

Christian Tuschhoff, Ralph I. Straus Visiting 

Professor. 

October 10 

“Federalism and Fiscal Performance: 

Germany in Comparative Perspective,” 

Jonathan Rodden, Political Science 

Department, MIT. 

October 18 

“The Future of Europe Debate. Thinking 

Outside the Box,” Kalypso Nicolaidis, 

Oxford University and the John F. 

Kennedy School of Government. 

October 22 

“European Security Integration, NATO 

and the Transatlantic Link,” Heinz 

Gaertner, Institute for International 

Studies, Stanford University, and Institute 

for International Affairs, University of 

Vienna.

November 8 

“Types of Multi-Level Governance. An 

Application to the European Union,” 

Liesbeth Hooghe, Political Science 

Department, University of North 

Carolina. 

November 30 

“Globalization and European 

Regionalism,” Peter Katzenstein, 

Government Department, Cornell 

University. 

December 3 

“Closing God’s Playground: EU 

Membership and National Identity in 

East-Central Europe,” Hubert Tworzecki, 

Political Science Department, Emory 

University. 

FELLOWS PROGRAM 

The Fellows Program began the 2001–02 

academic year with a new director, Kathleen 

Molony, and nineteen Fellows in residence. 

The Fellows represented more than a dozen 

countries, including those participating for the 

first time, Ukbekistan and Croatia, as well as 

those represented infrequently in recent years, 

Georgia and Egypt. Career diplomats, career 

military officers, a professional journalist, 

former senior government officials, and two 

attorneys spent a full year together, 

participating actively in the intellectual life of 

the Center and the University. All highly 

experienced practitioners of international 

affairs, they attended seminars, met professors, 

audited classes, and conducted independent 

research. They also spent considerable time 

together as a group, sharing ideas and debating 

international issues shaped by the events of 

this past year. And, indeed, for many in the 

program, this turned out to be a watershed 

year. The dialogue in which they engaged 

following the events of September 11 had a 

profound impact on all the Fellows, and even 

prompted a few to consider career changes. 

Without exception, the Fellows 

enthusiastically shared their experiences and 

their perspectives with others. Particularly in 

the early months of the year, following 

September 11, most felt they had an obligation 

to lend their voices to the analysis of “what 

went wrong” and to consider how they, and 

others in the Harvard community, should 

respond and react to recent events. The 

Americans in the group, primarily the military 

officers, spoke to students about a likely U.S. 

military response, while the international 

Fellows offered views on their governments’ 

reactions to shifts in U.S. policy and behavior. 

An October 1 Director’s Seminar offered an 

official overseas reaction to the attacks, 

moderated by Jorge I. Domínguez with a panel 

of Fellows from Egypt, Uzbekistan, and the 

European Union, and attracted an audience of 

more than 100; an equally interested audience 

of faculty, students, and Center staff joined an 

early November Director’s Seminar that 

addressed the new challenges of governing 

faced by world leaders, and included a panel of 

Fellows from Germany, Japan, and Venezuela. 

Recognizing the important contributions 

of this class of Fellows, organizations both 

within the Harvard community and beyond 

invited them to speak at conferences and 

seminars during the year. Fellows participated 

in the speakers’ series of the Weatherhead 

Student Council and in the Harvard Model 

UN, and also spoke to groups at other Bostonarea 

universities, including MIT and the 

Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy at Tufts 

University. The Fellows were individually 

engaged in the activities and work of other 

Harvard centers and programs, including the 

Program on U.S.–Japan Relations, Minda de 

Gunzburg Center for European Studies, John 

F. Kennedy School of Government, David 

Rockefeller Center for Latin American Studies, 

Davis Center for Russian Research, Institute of 

Politics of the John F. Kennedy School of 

Government, the Asia Center, and the Fairbank 

Center for East Asian Research. 

The Fellows benefited from their 

interactions with faculty, students, nonacademic 

researchers, Center staff, 

practitioners of international affairs in the 

local community, and fellows in other 

programs. Their interactions with students 

were also deepened through the program’s 

undergraduate research initiative, in which 

undergraduates with a specific research interest 

are “paired” with Fellows. The undergrads 

assisted Fellows with their research papers, lent 

guidance in navigating the university library 

system, helped identify sources of information, 

and offered editorial comments. In return, the 

undergraduates learned valuable lessons from 

their new “mentors” in the practice of 

international affairs. 

This year’s Fellows were also made aware 

of the enduring quality of the program, and of 

the important network to which they have 

been connected. Former Fellows, including 

participants from the early years of the 

program, traveled long distances to attend a 

late September Memorial Service for the late 


Benjamin Brown, director of the program 

from 1960 (two years after its founding) to 

1983. There were touching remembrances, 

both at the formal service in Memorial Church 

and at a Loeb House dinner, from people who 

had played important roles in Ben’s life at 

Harvard, including former Fellows Maurice 

Copithorne (Canada, 1974–75), Mangalam 

Srinivasan (India, 1977–78), and Sir Michael 

Palliser (U.K., 1982); Steve Bloomfield, director 

of the program from 1993 to 2001, read 

remarks from Adnan Abu-Odeh (Jordan, 

1975–76). The Fellows were also privileged to 

meet one of the program’s co-founders, Robert 

Bowie. 

The opportunity to spend time together as 

a group, as Fellows, proved to be extremely 

valuable. The Fellows met weekly over 

breakfast to listen to one another, to share their 

individual experiences, and to debate. These 

discussions during the year covered a broad 

range of topics, as Fellows considered differing 

interpretations of globalization, the future of 

the Balkans, issues of national identity, and 

American options with respect to national 

security, to name just a few. Fellows also shared 

their insights and knowledge of important 

events in their countries as they occurred. For 

example, Carlos Blanco, who previously served 

in the Venezuelan cabinet, briefed the group 

on the failed coup in his country, while Jacques 

Pellet, a French diplomat, provided a detailed 

analysis of France’s recent presidential election. 

The group dynamic was shaped, too, by 

experiences on several trips. On each of these 

trips, individual Fellows contributed to the 

program. George Haynal, a diplomat from 

Canada, helped guide us through the first 

study tour, to Canada, in late August. Under 

the generous sponsorship of The Department 

of Foreign Affairs and International Trade 

(DFAIT), the Fellows traveled to Ottawa, 

Calgary, and Montreal, where they considered 

the role of energy in the economy, the 

continuing debate over federal-provincial 

issues, and Canada’s unique role in the 

international arena. During the mid-term 

period in January, the Fellows traveled to the 

U.S. South on a trip facilitated by the U.S. 

Department of State. They met veterans of the 

civil rights movement in Mississippi, discussed 

energy policy with Conoco executives in 

Houston, and were briefed by the U.S. Border 

Patrol at the U.S. border with Mexico. In 

Tucson, Colonel Bill DelGrego facilitated a 

memorable visit to Davis-Monthan Air Force 

Base. In late spring, Colonel Greg Kaufmann 

led a two-day trip to the U.S. Military 

Academy at West Point, a visit that helped the 

Fellows understand the important role of the 

military in American life, and which provided 

an important contrast to the academic 

experience at Harvard. 

The final study tour, to Taiwan in May, 

served as an appropriate conclusion to a most 

interesting year. Cheryl Shou-lu Lai, the 

professional journalist in the current class, 

worked closely with the Ministry of Foreign 

Affairs on the Fellows program. The week-long 

program was distinguished by its diversity and 

substance, and provided the Fellows an 

opportunity to experience “another side” of 

Taiwan and its people. The Fellows of 2001–02 

are grateful to Cheryl Shou-Lu Lai for this 

contribution to their program experience. 

Fellows Friday Lunch Seminars 

Chair: Kathleen Molony 

September 21 

“American Politics Today,” Michael 

Dukakis, former Governor of 

Massachusetts; former presidential 

candidate (1988) of the Democratic Party; 

professor of political science, 

Northeastern University, Boston. 

September 28 

“Reflections on the Current 

Administration,” Roger B. Porter, IBM 

Professor of Business and Government, 

John F. Kennedy School of Government, 

Harvard University. 

October 5 

“Ruling the Waves: Business and Politics 

Along the Technological Frontier,” Debora 

Spar, Associate Professor of Business, 

Government and the International 

Economy, Harvard Business School. 

October 19 

“Dual Citizenship,” Nathan Glazer, 

Professor Emeritus of Education and 

Social Structure, Harvard Graduate School 

of Education 

October 26 

“Hegemony or Survival,” Noam 

Chomsky, Institute Professor and 

Professor of Linguistics, MIT. 

November 2 

“Has Global Politics Changed?” Samuel 

Huntington, Albert J. Weatherhead III 

University Professor, and Chairman, 

Harvard Academy for International and 

Area Studies.

November 9 

“Challenges in Southwest Asia,” Thomas 

Simons, former U.S. Ambassador to 

Pakistan and professor at Stanford 

University; and Farooq Hassan,Fellow 

(1989–90), and advisor to Government of 

Pakistan on foreign affairs. 

November 16 

“Reflections on U.S. Trade Policy: The 

Clinton Administration and Beyond,” 

Robert Z. Lawrence, Albert L. William 

Professor of International Trade and 

Investment, John F. Kennedy School of 

Government, Harvard University. 

November 30 

“The State of the U.S. After September 

11,” Mickey Edwards, Lecturer in Public 

Policy, John F. Kennedy School of 

Government. 

February 1 

“Ordinary Liberties: The Meaning and 

Practice of Freedom in Everyday 

American Life,” Orlando Patterson, John 

Cowles Professor of Sociology, Harvard 

University. 

February 15 

“Democratic Phoenix: Political Activism 

Worldwide,” Pippa Norris, associate 

director of the Joan Shorenstein Center on 

the Press, Politics, and Public Policy, John 

F. Kennedy School of Government. 

February 22 

“Global Governance—The Corporate 

Connection,” John Ruggie, Evron and 

Jeane Kirkpatrick Professor of 

International Affairs, John F. Kennedy 

School of Government. 

March 1 

“The New World Disorder and the Role of 

Development Cooperation,” Brian 

Atwood, adjunct lecturer in public policy, 

Kennedy School of Government, and 

former administrator, USAID. 

March 22 

“Why International Affairs Practitioners 

Should Study Jazz,” Robert Levin,Dwight 

P. Robinson, Jr. Professor of the 

Humanities, Harvard University. 

April 19 

“The U.S.–China–Taiwan Triangle,” Ezra 

Vogel, Henry Ford II Research Professor 

of the Social Sciences, Harvard University. 

Fellows Special Seminars and Visits 

December 6–7 

Participation by some Fellows in 

international simulation on missile 

defense at U.S. Naval War College, 

Newport, Rhode Island, hosted by 

Ambassador Paul Taylor. 

February 25 

“Reflections on U.S. Policy in the Middle 

East,” Dennis Ross, lecturer in public 

policy, John F. Kennedy School of 

Government. 

March 8 

“The World Economy Post 9/11,” 

Lawrence Summers, President, Harvard 

University. 

March 13–14 

Program on International Conflict 

Analysis and Resolution Workshop; 

Leader: Donna Hicks,Deputy Director, 

Program on International Conflict 

Analysis and Resolution, and Herbert 

Kelman, Director, Program on 

International Conflict Analysis and 

Resolution. 

April 5 

Visit to Massachusetts General Hospital, 

with briefing by Peter Slavin,MD, 

chairman and chief executive officer, 

Massachusetts General Physicians 

Organization. 

April 12 

“The Tension between Fighting Terrorism 

and Protecting Civil Liberties,” Richard 

Goldstone, Justice of the Constitutional 

Court of South Africa. 

June 10 

“Reflections on the Taiwan trip,” meeting 

with Ezra Vogel, Henry Ford II Research 

Professor of the Social Sciences. 

Fellows and their Research Papers 

Carlos Blanco (Venezuela), economist and 

political analyst, director, Blanco & 

Asociados Consultores, Caracas 

“Revolucion y Desilusion—La Venezuela de 

Chavez” 

William DelGrego (U.S.) Military officer, U.S. 

Air Force (Colonel), Commander, 335th Fighter Squad, Seymour Johnson Air Force 

Base, North Carolina 

“The Decision to Use Military Force: 

National Security Interest, the Military 


Intervention Ethic, and Decision-Making 

for Senior Military and Civilian 

Government Officials” 

Mark Dickinson (United Kingdom) diplomat, 

foreign and commonwealth office, 

Ambassador to Macedonia, Skopje 

“A Teacup in a Storm? Two Crises in 

Macedonia, 1999–2001” 

Patricia Gabel (U.S.) lawyer, president, Gabel 

International, Montreal, Canada 

“Masculinity Cartel” 

Alfonso Gomez Mendez (Colombia) lawyer 

and government minister, Attorney 

General, Santafé de Bogotá 

William Griffin (U.S.) military officer, U.S. 

Navy (Commander), commanding officer, 

VAQ–137 Rooks, Naval Air Station 

Whidbey Island, Oak Harbor, Washington 

“The International Criminal Court: 

Panacea or Exercise in Futility?” 

George Haynal (Canada) diplomat, 

Department of Foreign Affairs and 

International Trade, assistant deputy 

minister for the Americas, Ottawa 

“DOA: Diplomacy on the Ascendant in the 

Age of Disintermediation” 

Greg Kaufmann (U.S.) military officer, U.S. 

Army (Colonel), director, Balkans Task 

Force, Office of the Secretary of Defense, 

Washington, DC 

“Wielding the Instruments of National 

Power” 

Kakhi Kenkadze (Georgia) diplomat, Office of 

the President, State Chancellery, deputy 

director, International Relations Service, 

Tbilisi 

“Russian-Georgian Relations” 

Takaaki Kojima (Japan) diplomat, Ministry of 

Foreign Affairs, Consul General, Sao Paolo, 

Brazil 

“International Conflicts over the 

Extraterritorial Application of Competition 

Law in a Borderless Economy” 

Nicolaos Kotzias (Greece) diplomatic advisor, 

Ministry of Foreign Affairs, head of the 

advisory team, Cabinet of the Foreign 

Minister, Athens 

“Dialectics of the Global and the National 

in the Sphere of Culture” 

Cheryl Shou-lu Lai (Taiwan) journalist, Taipei 

Times,news editor,Taipei 

“Islanders’ Identity: In Pursuit of 

Separateness” 

Xavier Lewis (France and United Kingdom) 

international civil servant, Commission of 

the European Union, member of the Legal 

Service, Brussels 

“Jurisdiction in Transatlantic Antitrust 

Cases: Much Ado about Nothing?” 

Yusup Magdiev (Uzbekistan) diplomat, 

Ministry of Foreign Affairs, head, U.S. and 

Canada Division, Tashkent 

“Uzbekistan: Questions on the Path to 

Democracy (A Social-Political Review)” 

Hany Salah Mostafa (Egypt) diplomat, 

Ministry of Foreign Affairs, second 

secretary, Office of the Deputy Assistant 

Foreign Minister for International Political 

Affairs, Cairo 

“Japan and the Middle East: Historical 

Background and Future Prospects” 

Rolf Nikel (Germany) diplomat, Ministry of 

Foreign Affairs, head, Eastern Europe 

Department, Federal Chancellery, Berlin 

“Missile Defense: U.S. Foreign Policy and 

the New World Order” 

Jacques Pellet (France) diplomat, Ministry of 

Foreign Affairs, deputy consul general, 

Shanghai 

Drago Stambuk (Croatia) diplomat, Ministry 

of Foreign Affairs, head, Department of 

Culture, Science and Education, Zagreb 

“Wake Up the World: America Among the 

Nations in the Aftermath of September 11” 

Christopher Wright (United Kingdom) civil 

servant, Ministry of Defence, command 

secretary, Headquarters, Royal Air Force 

Strike Command, High Wycombe 

“The Problem with Coalitions” 

HARVARD ACADEMY FOR 

INTERNATIONAL AND AREA STUDIES 

The Harvard Academy for International and 

Area Studies is dedicated to increasing our 

knowledge of the world’s major cultures and of 

the relations among them. The Academy is 

based on the premise that knowledge and 

understanding of other countries and cultures 

require a combination of rigorous disciplinary 

skill and deep area expertise. The Academy was 

founded in 1986 on the initiative of Faculty of 

Arts and Sciences Dean Henry Rosovsky, who 

served as its chairman until 1996 when Samuel 

Huntington succeeded him. It was created in 

response to a growing devaluation of the 

importance of area studies (knowledge of the 

local language, culture, history, and

institutions of other societies) in the training 

and research of social scientists. The Academy’s 

core mission is to bridge this gap between the 

social sciences and area studies. To accomplish 

this goal, it sponsors two major programs. 

The Academy Scholars Program supports 

exceptional scholars who are at the start of 

their careers and whose work combines 

excellence in a social science discipline 

(including history and law) with an in-depth 

grounding in a particular country or region. 

Those selected as Academy Scholars are given 

time, guidance, access to Harvard facilities, and 

substantial financial assistance as they conduct 

either dissertation or postdoctoral research in 

their chosen fields and areas. The Global 

Cultures Program builds on the area expertise 

of the Academy Scholars and the senior 

Harvard faculty associated with the Academy 

to promote study and understanding of the 

similarities, differences, and relations among 

the world’s principal cultural groupings. To 

accomplish this end, the Academy undertakes 

research projects, organizes seminars and 

conferences, and sponsors publications dealing 

with these issues. 

Organization 

The Academy is an autonomous entity within 

the framework of the Weatherhead Center for 

International Affairs. Its leadership includes a 

chairman and a committee of Senior Scholars 

appointed by the Dean of the Faculty of Arts 

and Sciences. In 2001–02 they were: 

CHAIRMAN 

Samuel P. Huntington, Albert J. Weatherhead 

III University Professor 

ACADEMY SENIOR SCHOLARS 

The Senior Scholars, a distinguished group of 

senior members of Harvard’s faculty, act as the 

Academy’s oversight committee, select new 

Academy Scholars, and serve as mentors of the 

Academy Scholars. 

Robert H. Bates, Eaton Professor of the 

Science of Government 

John H. Coatsworth, Monroe Gutman 

Professor of Latin American Affairs; 

director, Rockefeller Center for Latin 

American Studies 

Timothy J. Colton, Morris and Anna Feldberg 

Professor of Government and Russian 

Studies; director, Davis Center for Russian 

Studies 

Grzegorz Ekiert, professor of government 

Roderick MacFarquhar, Leroy B. Williams 

Professor of History and Political Science; 

chairman, Department of Government 

Edward Roger Owen, A.J. Meyer Professor of 

Middle East History; director, Center for 

Middle Eastern Studies 

Dwight H. Perkins, Harold Hitchings Burbank 

Professor of Political Economy 

Susan J. Pharr, Edwin O. Reischauer Professor 

of Japanese Politics; director, Program on 

U.S.–Japan Relations, WCFIA 

STAFF 

James Clem, executive officer 

Beth Baiter, program coordinator 

ACADEMY SCHOLARS 

Brian Keith Axel 

Kanchan Chandra 

John Giles 

Julian Go 

Anna Grzymala-Busse 

Rebecca Hardin 

Macartan Humphreys (spring 2002) 

Pauline Jones Luong 

Lucan Way 

HARVARD ACADEMY AFFILIATE 

Lawrence Harrison 

Academy Scholar Research Topics and 

Activities 

Brian Keith Axel: During the 2001–02 year as 

an Academy Scholar, Brian Keith Axel had 

several articles and a book published, 

including the following: From the Margins: 

Historical Anthropology and Its Futures (Duke 

University Press, spring 2002), “Colonialism 

and Its Doubles” (Current Anthropology, 

spring 2002), “The Diasporic Imaginary” 

(Public Culture, spring 2002), and “National 

Interruption: The Sikh Diaspora and 

Multiculturalism in the UK” (Cultural 

Dynamics, fall 2002). Axel also made 

substantial headway on his third book, which 

he intends to complete in the next academic 

year. Axel presented papers at several 

conferences, and, likewise helped to organize a 

major conference in March 2002, sponsored by 

the Harvard Academy, entitled “Diasporas, 

Transnationality, and Global Conflict.” In the 

fall of 2002, Brian Keith Axel will have 

completed his second year as an Academy 

Scholar and will take up a new position as 

assistant professor of anthropology at 

Swarthmore College. 


Kanchan Chandra: In the 2001–02 academic 

year, Kanchan Chandra completed revisions on 

her manuscript Why Ethnic Parties Succeed 

(Cambridge University Press, forthcoming), 

organized the first stage of a collaborative 

book project, partly funded by the Harvard 

Academy, on theorizing constructivist 

approaches to ethnic identity and 

incorporating them into new research agendas, 

completed preliminary work on a crossnational 

database on ethnic parties that will 

inform her next project on the relationship 

between ethnic parties and democratic stability 

and began classes in calculus and microeconomics 

for professional retraining. She also 

co-chaired the Harvard-MIT Joint Seminar on 

Political Development (JOSPOD), with 

Professor Jorge Domínguez. Papers presented 

in the course of this year include: “Counting 

Heads: A Theory of Voting in Patronage 

Democracies” (University of Chicago 

Comparative Politics Workshop); “India as a 

Patronage Democracy” (Columbia University 

Southern Asian Institute Distinguished Lecture 

Series and South Asia Seminar, WCFIA, 

Harvard University); “Limited Information 

and the Politics of Ethnic Favouritism” 

(Macarthur Preferences Network, University of 

Pennsylvania, January 2002; Stanford 

University CISAC Social Sciences Seminar, 

January 2002); “A New Database on Ethnic 

Parties” (co-authored with Daniel Metz, 

Midwest Political Science Association, Chicago, 

April 2000 and LICEP5, Stanford University, 

May 2000); “Ethnic Parties and Democratic 

Stability” (Midwest Political Science 

Association, Chicago, April 2000) and “A 

Constructivist Model of Ethnic Identity (coauthored 

with David Laitin, LICEP 5, Stanford 

University, May 2002; Department of Political 

Science, Stanford University, January 2002). In 

the 2002–03 academic year, she will return to 

her position as assistant professor of political 

science at MIT. 

John Giles: John Giles continued his research 

on labor markets, village institutions, and 

household welfare in rural China, and initiated 

a new research project focusing on the impact 

of economic restructuring in China’s urban 

areas. In October and November 2001, Giles 

worked with collaborators at the Institute for 

Population Studies of the Chinese Academy of 

Social Sciences on the design and pre-test of 

survey instruments, and on the training of 300 

enumerators, supervisors, and monitors 

working on the survey. From November 2001 

to January 2002, individual and household 

survey data were collected from nearly 20,000 

individuals in 6500 households of five large 

urban areas (Shanghai, Shenyang, Wuhan, 

Xian and Fuzhou). The goal of the survey is to 

understand, at the household level, the effects 

of restructuring during China’s ongoing 

economic transition. Giles also continued his 

research on the relationship between labor 

markets, village institutions, and labor 

allocation decisions in rural China. He revised 

three papers from his dissertation, presented 

them at conferences, and submitted them for 

publication. These papers include: “Risk, Shock 

and Weak Property Rights in the Labor 

Allocation Decision of Rural Chinese 

Households” (presented at the Northeast 

Universities Development Conference); “Is Life 

More Risky in the Open? Household Risk- 

Coping and the Opening of China’s Labor 

Markets” (presented at the International 

Seminar on Economic Reform and the Labor 

Market in Transitional China, Beijing); and 

“Beg, Borrow or Dis-save: Mechanisms Used to 

Cope with Unexpected Shocks to Income in 

Rural China” (presented at conference on 

“Changes in China’s Agricultural Sector: 

Trade, Market and Policy Reform” Western 

Coordinating Committee, WCC–101. 

Washington, DC). In June 2002, Giles 

presented a fourth paper, “Income Persistence 

and the Evolution of Inequality in Rural 

China,” at the annual WDI/CEPR conference 

on Transition Economies held in Riga, Latvia. 

This paper is currently being revised for 

submission. Finally, Giles also received support 

from the National Science Foundation to 

return to surveyed villages and households to 

conduct a follow-up survey in China’s rural 

areas. Giles’s new rural area research will build 

on his past work in the same villages, and look 

at the relationship between economic growth, 

emerging inequality, and the evolution of 

village governance institutions. In August and 

September 2002, Giles will return to Beijing to 

work with collaborators on both the urban 

and rural projects. Giles will spend the 

2002–2003 year at the Academy writing papers 

based on this research. 

Julian Go: Over the 2001–02 academic year, 

Julian Go worked on two book projects. First, 

he completed revisions and production work 

on an edited volume, Global Perspectives on the 

U.S. Colonial State in the Philippines,to be 

published by Duke University Press in 2003. 

Go co-edited the volume, authored the 

introduction, and contributed an essay on 

intra-imperial networks and colonial state-

formation in the U.S. overseas empire 

(1899–1912). His second book project is the 

monograph entitled Transcultured States. This 

project analyzes U.S. colonial rule and elite 

political culture in Puerto Rico and the 

Philippines. Go completed research in archives 

in the U.S. and Spain and made revisions on 

the monograph. 

In addition to these book projects, Go 

completed five papers. He completed revisions 

on “Modeling the State: Postcolonial 

Constitutions in Asia and Africa”, published in 

the March 2002 issue of Southeast Asian 

Studies. He wrote a new article, “A Globalizing 

Constitutionalism? Views from the Postcolony” 

which was presented at the International 

Institute for the Sociology of Law in Oñati, 

Spain and will be published next year in 

International Sociology. Plans are also being 

made by International Sociology to publish the 

article in an anthology. Three other essays were 

completed: “Culture in Colonialism: Meaning- 

Making in the U.S. Occupation of Puerto Rico” 

(which is to be presented at the 2002 annual 

meeting of the American Sociological 

Association); “‘They deal in high-sounding 

phrases’: Political Reason and Governance in 

the Late Nineteenth Century Philippines” 

(presented in Tokyo last summer); and 

“Rethinking Colonial Racism: Discourses of 

Difference in the U.S. Empire” (presented at 

the annual meeting of the Social Science 

History Association in Chicago and the 2001 

meeting of the American Sociological 

Association in Anaheim). All three essays have 

been submitted to journals. For his final year 

as Academy Scholar, Go plans to research, 

among other matters, the interplay of 

dictatorial repertoires of rule, political cultures 

of consent, and constitutional manipulation in 

the postcolonial Philippines (1935–1986). 

Anna Grzymala-Busse: Anna Grzymala-Busse 

spent most of 2001–02 researching her second 

project on the political parties’ control of the 

postcommunist state in East Central Europe 

after 1989. She began the empirical research 

for the project in two stages: a short research 

and conference trip to Italy in February 2002, 

and a longer research trip to Poland, the Czech 

Republic, and Slovakia in April and May of 

that year. She presented preliminary findings 

from the research at the European University 

Institute, in Florence, in February, and at Ohio 

State University and the University of Chicago 

in April 2002. She also attended the FRIDE 

Conference on Democratization in Madrid, 

Spain, in October 2001. The book she 

completed in her first year of the Academy 

fellowship, Redeeming the Communist Past, was 

published by Cambridge University Press in 

April 2002. In addition, she finalized and 

submitted three papers for publication: “The 

Programmatic Turnaround of the Communist 

Successor Parties,” published in Communist 

and Postcommunist Studies in March 2002, 

“Reconceptualizing the Postcommunist State,” 

with Academy Scholar Pauline Jones Luong, to 

be published in December 2002 by Politics and 

Society, and “Political Competition and the 

Politicization of the State in East Central 

Europe,” in Comparative Political Studies.In 

September 2002 she returns to Yale University, 

where she is an assistant professor of political 

science. 

Rebecca Hardin: Rebecca Hardin used the 

past year to produce several papers and articles 

based on material from her dissertation, 

“Translating the Forest: Tourism, Trophy 

Hunting, and the Transformation of Forest Use 

in Southwestern Central African Republic 

(CAR)” (Yale University Department of 

Anthropology, 2000). One paper, entitled 

“Concessionary Politics in the Western Congo 

Basin” originated as a research and policy 

paper under the joint auspices of the World 

Resources Institute and USAID, and has been 

submitted to the journal Current Anthropology 

for review. A second, detailing the colonial 

history and contemporary ethnography of 

Bantu language groups in the Sangha River 

basin of equatorial Africa, has been submitted 

to American Ethnologist. A third manuscript, 

co-authored with physical anthropologist 

Melissa Remis, traces the animal densities, 

logging history, and current hunter-gatherer 

activities in several sectors of the Dzanga 

Sangha Dense Forest Reserve, a protected area 

in CAR. It is currently under revision for 

resubmission to American Anthropologist. 

Finally, the book manuscript from the 

dissertation is currently in the final editing 

phases for submission to the University of 

Chicago Press. Hardin’s new research project, 

involving the economic, cultural, and 

ecological aspects of emergent viral disease in 

tropical forest areas where extractive industry 

is active, resulted in the creation of an 

international working group. The first 

meeting, held in Washington DC at the June 

meetings of the International Society for 

Ecosystem Health, brought together a dozen 

researchers from sites around the world, and 

from fields as disparate as virology, veterinary 

medicine, anthropology, ecology, and political 


science. The group also met with 

representatives from the U.S. Department of 

State, Department of Interior, and Department 

of Agriculture (U.S. Forest Service, 

International Division). The group’s findings 

and recommendations will be summarized in 

testimony for a Congressional Hearing on July 

11th, and in a research and policy publication 

currently being prepared with support from 

Conservation International (Margo Marsh 

Fund) and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service 

(Great Ape Conservation Fund). A second 

working group meeting, to discuss findings 

with members of the Harvard community, and 

to prepare a manuscript for publication as an 

edited volume, will be held in November, with 

support from the Harvard Academy, and the 

Harvard AIDS Institute, as well as other 

programs and departments at Harvard. 

Macartan Humphreys: Macartan Humphreys 

joined the Harvard Academy in the spring 

term of 2002. He spent the semester 

completing his dissertation on Africa politics 

and beginning a second major project on 

negotiations at the end of civil wars. He has 

also been working, together with Jeremy 

Weinstein and former Academy Scholar Dan 

Posner, to develop experimental techniques for 

studying ethnicity in Africa. Over the course of 

the semester Humphreys also completed a 

book chapter entitled “Political Institutions 

and Economic Policies: Lessons from Africa.” 

This chapter, written together with Academy 

Senior Scholar Robert Bates, will appear in a 

volume on democracy and clientelism edited 

by Steven Wilkinson and Herbert Kitschelt. 

Humphreys also completed a chapter together 

with Habaye ag Mohamed on the civil wars in 

Senegal and Mali for a World Bank volume on 

civil wars in Africa. During the term he gave 

talks at Harvard, Stanford, Yale, and Columbia. 

He was offered and accepted a position as 

assistant professor of political science at 

Columbia University, which he will take up in 

July of 2003. 

Pauline Jones Luong: Pauline Jones Luong 

spent most of 2001–02 researching her second 

project on the short and long-term impact of 

natural resource endowments on state 

formation in developing countries. This 

project compares the experiences of the former 

Soviet republics that make-up the Caspian 

basin (i.e. Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Russia, 

Turkmenistan, and Uzbekistan), with energyrich 

states on several other continents. She 

traveled to Russia and Azerbaijan with 

Academy support to finish conducting 

interviews with elites in the oil and gas sector 

and in several government ministries. She also 

had the opportunity to give several talks 

related to this project while in residence at 

Harvard University. The book she completed 

in her first year of the Academy fellowship, 

Institutional Change and Political Continuity in 

Post-Soviet Central Asia: Power, Perceptions, 

and Pacts, was published by Cambridge 

University Press in May 2002. In addition, she 

submitted an edited volume on Central Asia 

entitled The Transformation of States and 

Societies in Central Asia, which is now 

forthcoming with Cornell University Press, and 

three papers for publication: “New Friends, 

New Fear in Central Asia,” with Erika 

Weinthal, published in Foreign Affairs in 

March–April 2002; “Reconceptualizing the 

Postcommunist State,” with Academy Scholar 

Anna Grzymala-Busse, forthcoming in Politics 

and Society, December 2002, and “Energy 

Wealth and Tax Reform in Russia and 

Kazakhstan,” with Erika Weinthal, forthcoming 

in Resources Policy. This fall she returns to Yale 

University, where she is an assistant professor 

of political science. 

Lucan Way: During the 2001–02 academic 

year, Lucan Way conducted work in two main 

areas: one on non-democratic regime 

development, and one on the transformation 

of the Soviet social sphere after the collapse. 

First, Way began a project exploring the 

character and dynamics of non-democratic 

regimes in the post–cold war era. In the fall of 

2001, he wrote an article for Journal of 

Democracy with Steven Levitsky, assistant 

professor of government, Harvard University, 

on “competitive authoritarian” regimes. In 

such cases, key democratic institutions such as 

elections, the press, and parliament determine 

political outcomes and create an important 

level of political competition; yet democracy is 

fundamentally undermined by the continued 

and regular governmental abuse of civil 

liberties and political rights. During the late 

spring and summer of 2002, Way and Levitsky 

continued this work with a comparison of 

twelve competitive authoritarian regimes in 

Africa, Eurasia, East Asia, and Latin America. 

They plan to submit this piece to Comparative 

Politics. Over the course of the year Way also 

began a book, Pluralism by Default, which will 

explore the ways in which state incapacity 

promotes pluralism in weak states during 

periods of international liberal hegemony. The 

book will compare regime trajectories in the 

non-Baltic post–Soviet states, which lack

democratic histories, rules of law, and robust 

civil societies. The Academy funded a trip to 

Moldova, Ukraine and Russia to begin this 

work. By the end of the summer, Way will have 

submitted articles to World Politics, East- 

European Politics and Societies, and Journal of 

Democracy that lay out the main argument of 

the book through comparisons of regime 

trajectories in western Eurasia and the 

Caucuses. In May 2002, Way organized a 

workshop funded by the Academy on nondemocratic 

regimes. The workshop brought 

together scholars studying non-democratic 

regimes in Africa, East Asia, the former Soviet 

Union, Latin America, and the Middle East. 

The workshop will be followed by a full 

conference/edited volume that explores the 

interaction between institutional capacity and 

non-democratic regime development in the 

post–cold war era. Finally, in collaboration 

with Stephen Collier, an anthropologist at 

Columbia University, Way continued work on 

a project that explores the development of 

urban Soviet era social institutions in the 

post–Soviet era in Azerbaijan, Estonia, 

Georgia, and Russia. In 2001, Collier and Way 

received a grant to conduct surveys in urban 

areas in these countries. Focusing on 

education, water, and heat provision, the 

project explores the degree to which access to 

these services continues to be universal, and 

the emerging rules of access to these services in 

the post–Soviet era. 

Academy Scholar Presentations 

October 23 

“Prelude to the Resource Curse: 

Explaining Energy Development Strategies 

and their Implications for Institutional 

Development,” Pauline Jones Luong 

November 15 

“Counting Heads: A Theory of Voting in 

Patronage Democracies,” Kanchan 

Chandra 

December 10 

“Trophy Hunting, Tourism, and the 

Transformation of Forest Use in 

Southwestern Central African Republic,” 

Rebecca Hardin 

February 21 

“Transitional Leadership? Yeltsin and the 

Transformation of Russia,” Timothy J. 

Colton 

March 21 

“Pluralism by Default: The Sources and 

Dynamics of Political Liberalization in 

Weak States,” Lucan Way 

April 25 

“Cultures in Colonialism: Political 

Meanings in the U.S. Occupation of 

Puerto Rico and the Philippines,” Julian 

Go 

Global Cultures Program 

The mission of the Global Cultures Program is 

to promote study and understanding of the 

similarities, differences, and relations among 

the world’s principal cultural groupings. To 

accomplish this end, the Academy undertakes 

research projects, organizes seminars and 

conferences, and sponsors publications dealing 

with these issues. The 2001–02 academic year 

saw the launch of a new project on the 

influence of religion in world affairs, a 

conference on diasporas (see the “Academy 

Conferences section”), and the continuation of 

the Globalization and Culture Seminar series. 

In 2002, a research team based at the 

Harvard Academy was awarded the 

Weatherhead Initiative Grant from the 

Weatherhead Center. The project “Religion in 

Global Politics,” involving Harvard scholars 

from the Faculty of Arts and Sciences, 

Kennedy School of Government, and Divinity 

School, in addition to experts at other top 

universities, aims to produce a systematic, 

comprehensive, comparative analysis of the 

impact on global politics of religious beliefs 

and organizations. The project links five 

studies that consider the relationship of 

religious belief to five types of political activity, 

including political legitimacy, terrorism and 

civil war, the transition to democratic rights 

and regimes, the reduction of conflict, and 

conceptions of international order. The award 

from the Weatherhead Center complements an 

award made to the team by the Smith 

Richardson Foundation in July of 2001. The 

resulting research will produce several 

monographs, three books, and a number of 

articles published in academic and 

policymaking journals. 

Globalization and Culture Seminars 

The Globalization and Culture Seminar 

considers the impact of the forces of 

economic, cultural, and political globalization 

on the cultural integrity, economic viability, 

national autonomy, and political stability of 

countries across the world. The topics 


discussed at seminar meetings in 2001–02 

were: 

October 9 

“September 11th and the Question of 

Islam,” William Graham and Roy 

Mottahedeh 

December 4 

“Diasporas and States: Transnational 

Entanglements,” Engseng Ho, Yossi Shain, 

Tony Smith 

February 12 

“The Impact of Culture on How 

Countries Negotiate,” Charles Cogan, 

W.R. Smyser, Richard Solomon 

March 6 

“The Global Competition for Converts: 

Christianity vs. Islam,” Philip Jenkins 

April 10 

“Modern vs. Western: India Unbound,” 

Gurcharan Das 

Harvard Academy Conferences 

During the 2001–02 academic year, the 

Harvard Academy sponsored two conferences 

organized by Academy Scholars. In March 

2002, the Academy funded a one-day 

conference on “Diasporas, Transnationality, 

and Global Conflict.” Organized by Academy 

Scholar Brian Keith Axel, the conference 

examined the roles religion, gender, and 

ethnicity play in defining diaspora 

communities and shaping transnational 

political activity. In March 2002, a diverse 

group of social scientists met for a two-day 

workshop, organized by Academy Scholars 

Lucan Way, Keith Darden, Richard Snyder, and 

Steven Levitsky (Harvard University), entitled 

“Non-Democratic Regimes and Trajectories 

After the Cold War.” The workshop brought 

together comparativists specializing in a wide 

range of topics and regions in order to begin 

generating a conceptual map of the varieties of 

non-democratic regimes that have emerged or 

persisted since the collapse of the Soviet 

Union, and to understand better the 

international and domestic factors that shape 

the dynamics and fortunes of non-democratic 

regimes today. 

March 16 

DIASPORAS, TRANSNATIONALITY, AND 

GLOBAL CONFLICT 

Moderator, Julian Go, Harvard University 

“Three Models of Diaspora,” Yossi Shain, 

Johns Hopkins University 

“Diaspora: Theory, Practice, Problems, 

and Prospects,” William Safran, 

University of Colorado at Boulder 

Moderator, Brian Keith Axel,Harvard 

University 

“Mapping Transnationality: Globalization 

and Black Cultural Nationalism,” Kamari 

Clarke, Yale University 

“Diaspora and Difference,” Julia Offen, 

Cornell University 

Moderator, Naomi Pabst, Harvard University 

“Queer Diasporas and Transnational 

Adoption,” David Eng, Rutgers University 

“Diasporas and Sexuality,” Geeta Patel, 

Wellesley College 

Moderator, Engseng Ho, Harvard University 

“Redefining the Boundaries of Belonging: 

The Nexus Between Transnational 

Religion and Politics,” Peggy Levitt, 

Wellesley College 

“Diaspora and Decolonization,” John 

Kelly, University of Chicago 

May 10–11 

NON-DEMOCRATIC REGIMES AND 

TRAJECTORIES AFTER THE COLD WAR 

(co-sponsored by the Davis Center for Russian 

Studies, Harvard Academy for International 

and Area Studies, Rockefeller Center for Latin 

American Studies, and the Weatherhead 

Center for International Affairs) 

Roundtable remarks by Samuel Huntington, 

Juan Linz, and Alfred Stepan 

Chair: Richard Snyder 

“States and Authoritarianism” 

Roundtable remarks by Keith Darden, Richard 

Snyder, and Lucan Way 

Chair: Steven Levitsky 

“Authoritarian Adaptation and Persistence” 

Roundtable remarks by Eva Bellin, Zaw Oo, 

Mark Thompson, and Nicolas van de Walle 

Chair: Keith Darden 

“Legitimating Authoritarian Rule After the 

Cold War” 

Roundtable remarks by Jorge Domínguez and 

Vladimir Tismaneanu 

Chair: Lucan Way 

“Hybrid regimes” 

Roundtable remarks by Joel Barkan, 

Houchang Chehabi, and Steven Levitsky 

Chair: Richard Snyder 

Wrap-up and discussion

Summation of workshop by Gerardo Munck 

and organizers 

Chair: Keith Darden 

PROGRAM ON INTERNATIONAL 

CONFLICT ANALYSIS AND 

RESOLUTION 

The Program on International Conflict 

Analysis and Resolution (PICAR) works to 

advance the understanding of international 

and interethnic conflicts, and to develop 

interactive, problem-solving processes that can 

be effective in managing or resolving such 

conflicts. Using a view of international conflict 

as an intersocietal as well as an intergovernmental 

process, and a corresponding view of 

diplomacy as a creative integration of official 

and unofficial efforts, PICAR members 

research how democratization, pluralism, and 

the building of civil society in multiethnic 

states will be enhanced if underlying sources of 

conflict are discussed and addressed, both in 

current conflict resolution efforts and in 

setting up systems for managing conflicts in 

the future. PICAR is supported by a grant 

from the William and Flora Hewlett 

Foundation. 

Program members in 2001–02 included 

faculty members and practitioners, all of 

whom are scholar-practitioners combining 

research and theory building with the practice 

of third-party facilitation. In addition, PICAR 

maintained active contact with a growing 

network of former members whose 

professional work has taken them to a variety 

of academic institutions and governmental or 

nongovernmental organizations in the U.S. 

and abroad 

The primary area of practice for many 

program members has been the Middle East. 

PICAR members have developed several other 

initiatives, including projects in Sri Lanka, 

Colombia, and U.S.–Cuban relations. Program 

members were involved in a variety of 

continuing research projects, including: the 

relationship between human rights and 

conflict resolution; leadership and conflict 

resolution; the relationship between state 

structure and conflict in multiethnic states; 

justice, human rights, and reconciliation in 

ethnic conflicts; rethinking conflict resolution 

processes; the role of national identity in 

ethnic conflict; and the relationship between 

Track I and Track II peacemaking efforts. 

Practice is at the core of PICAR activities. 

It involves the design and implementation of 

problem-solving workshops in which members 

of communities in conflict meet together for 

an intensive three-to-four day period to engage 

in “joint thinking” about solutions to the 

problems that divide them. Such joint thinking 

is promoted by the careful choice of participants, 

by a well-developed set of ground rules, 

and by bringing the basic human needs of 

identity and security to the fore of the political 

discussion. 

Because of the tragic events in the Middle 

East during the past year, PICAR’s dialogues 

with Israelis and Palestinians have been put on 

hold. We hope to continue our discussions 

when conditions on the ground provide us 

with a window of opportunity. In collaboration 

with the Project on Justice and Times of 

Transition, PICAR members William Weisberg 

and Donna Hicks traveled to Sri Lanka to 

provide technical assistance to the government 

of Sri Lanka in preparation for negotiations 

with the Tamil Tigers due to begin in August 

2002. Hicks and Weisberg conducted a seminar 

in conflict analysis for members of the Peace 

Secretariat and of civil society. Tim Phillips 

from the Project on Justice arranged for three 

former negotiators, from Northern Ireland, El 

Salvador, and Guatemala to meet with the 

representatives of the Sri Lankan government 

who will be at the negotiating table to discuss 

issues related to the development and implementation 

of the peace process. The team will 

continue providing technical assistance to the 

Sri Lankan government through the fall of 

2002. Carlos Alvarez and Donna Hicks 

conducted a workshop in Miami for members 

of the Cuban American community and 

visitors from Cuba. The workshop focused on 

the issue of identity and the negotiation of 

what it means to be Cuban from the 

perspective of each community. 

PICAR members have been engaged in a 

number of education-related activities. 

Members have been invited to conduct short 

courses in the problem-solving approach at 

other universities. For example, during the past 

year, Professor Kelman and Donna Hicks 

conducted a two-day course in interactive 

problem-solving at the University of 

Pennsylvania. William Weisberg and Donna 

Hicks gave a week-long seminar in Greece for a 

select group of young leaders from the 

Mediterranean region. Professor Kelman and 

Professor Eileen Babbitt were invited to 

facilitate an assembly of Afghan civil society 

representatives in Bonn in December 2001. 

The program hosted a public seminar 

series on the theory and practice of 

international conflict resolution. In addition, a 


number of research seminars for scholarpractitioners 

in the field were held over the 

course of the academic year. Program 

members also conducted a one and a half day 

seminar for the Weatherhead Center Fellows 

Program, focusing on the theory and practice 

of interactive problem-solving as an unofficial 

approach to conflict analysis and resolution. As 

a follow-up to the Fellows Seminar, Pam 

Steiner and Donna Hicks convened a series of 

discussions on how to address the traumas 

brought on by the violence endured by 

communities in conflict. In addition to the 

Fellows, several practitioners from the 

Cambridge area participated in the 

discussions. 

PICAR’s Director is Herbert C. Kelman, 

Donna Hicks is the deputy director, and 

Rachel Milner is the staff assistant. 

Seminar on International Conflict 

Analysis and Resolution 

Chairs: Donna Hicks and Nadim Rouhana 

October 15 

“A Problem from Hell: America and the 

Age of Genocide,” Samantha Power, 

executive director, Carr Center for Human 

Rights Policy, Kennedy School of 


October 22 

“After the Attacks, Then What?” Eileen 

Babbitt, assistant professor, The Fletcher 

School of Law and Diplomacy, Tufts 

University; David Fairman, vice president 

of International Programs, Consensus 

Building Institute, Cambridge; Herbert C. 

Kelman, Richard Clarke Cabot Research 

Professor of Social Ethics, Harvard 

University and director of PICAR; Donna 

Hicks, deputy director of PICAR; Hugh 

O’Doherty, Center for Public Leadership, 

Kennedy School of Government; Adil 

Najam, assistant professor for 

international relations, Boston University; 

Pamela Steiner, PICAR. 

November 19 

“Power Relations and Identity Construction 

in Jewish-Palestinian Dialogues,” 

Nava Sonnenschein, founder and former 

director of the School for Peace, Neve 

Shalom, Wahat Al Salam, Israel. 

November 26 

“Greed, Grievance, or Creed: Their Role 

in Ethnoreligious Conflict,” Oliver 

McTernan, associate, Weatherhead Center 

for International Affairs. 

December 10 

“Does Restorative Justice Have a Role in 

the Aftermath of September 11?” Carolyn 

Boyes-Watson, Center for Restorative 

Justice, Suffolk University, Boston. 

February 4 

“Working with Integrity: Ethical Inquiry 

for Peace-builders,” Cynthis Cohen, 

director, Brandeis Initiative in 

Intercommunal Coexistence, Brandeis 

University. 

February 25 

“Is Reconciliation between Israelis and 

Palestinians Possible? A Non-rhetorical 

Question,” Nadim Rouhana, professor of 

sociology, anthropology, and psychology, 

Tel Aviv University, Israel, and founding 

director of the Arab Center for Applied 

Research, Haifa, Israel. 

March 11 

“Grand Visions and Small Projects: 

Reflections on Measuring Effectiveness of 

Peace-building Initiatives,” Diana Chigas, 

director of research and evaluation, 

Conflict Management Group (CMG), 

Cambridge. 

March 18 

“The Future of the Middle East Peace 

Process,” Dennis Ross, counselor and 

Ziegler Distinguished Fellow at the 

Washington Institute for Near East Policy 

and former U.S. Special Envoy to the 

Middle East. 

(Joint session with the Middle East 

Seminar) 

April 8 

“Imagine Coexistence: Evaluating 

Progress on Refugee Reintegration in 

Bosnia and Rwanda,” Eileen Babbitt, 

assistant professor of international 

politics, co-director, Center for Human 

Rights and Conflict Resolution, The 

Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy, 

Tufts University. 

April 29 

“Aid and Conflict (Resolution),” Peter 

Uvin, Henry J. Leir Associate Professor of 

International Humanitarian Studies, Tufts 

University. 

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS 

Workshop on International 

Economics 

The Workshop on International Economics

covers a broad spectrum of very recent 

theoretical and empirical research on 

international trade, capital markets, and 

monetary arrangements. Examples of recent 

topics include the benefits of a common 

currency, new open economy macroeconomics, 

the political economy of trade and 

income distribution, political budget cycles in 

open-economy economies, financial crises, and 

direct foreign investment in China. Chaired by 

Professors Richard N. Cooper, Jeffrey Frankel, 

Elhanan Helpman, Marc Melitz, Dani Rodrik, 

and Andres Velasco. 

In 2001–02 the International Workshop 

met 24 times, sometimes jointly with the 

Harvard History Workshop or the MIT 

International Seminar. Regular seminars had 

an average attendance of 20. Joint seminars 

attracted about 35. 

September 12 

“Net Foreign Assets and the Exchange 

Rate Redux Revived,” Fabio Ghironi, 

Boston College. 

September 21 

“After Columbus: Explaining the Global 

Trade Boom 1500–1800,” Jeffrey 

Williamson, Harvard University. 

September 26 

“Knowledge Spillovers at the World’s 

Technology Frontier,” Wolfgang Keller, 

University of Texas, Austin. 

October 3 

“From Sectoral to Functional Urban 

Specialization,” Diego Puga, University of 

Toronto. 

October 10 

“Measuring the Reaction of Monetary 

Policy to the Stock Market,” Roberto 

Rigobon,MIT. 

October 17 

“Optimal Monetary Policy in an Open 

Economy,” Doireanne Fitzgerald,Harvard 

University. 

October 24 

“The Effects of Cross-country Differences 

in Product Quality on International Trade 

Flows,” Juan Carlos Hallak,Harvard 

University. 

October 31 

“Globalization and Insecurity,” John 

McLaren, University of Virginia. 

November 7 

“International Protection of Intellectual 

Property,” Gene Grossman, Princeton 

University. 

November 9 

“Emerging Market Spreads: Then vs. 

Now,” Paolo Mauro, International 

Monetary Fund. 

November 14 

“Power Inside the Firm and the Market: A 

General Equilibrium Approach,” Dalia 

Marin, Ludwig-Maximilians-Universitat 

Munchen. 

November 16 

“Population and Prices from Black Death 

to the Price Revolution,” Ronald Findlay, 

Columbia University. 

November 28 

“Timing of International Technology 

Diffusion,” Taeyoon Sung,Harvard 

University. 

December 5 

“Home Market Effects and the 

(In)efficiency of International 

Specialization,” Gianmarco Ottaviano, 

University di Bologna, Universita Bocconi. 

December 12 

“On the Causes and Consequences of 

Currency Unions,” Maria Silvana 

Tenreyro, Harvard University. 

February 1 

“What Explains the Tariff-Growth 

Paradox 1875–1997?” Michael Clemens 

and Jeffrey Williamson,Harvard 

University. 

February 13 

“Transport Costs, Geography, and 

Regional Inequalities,” Pierre-Philippe 

Combes, CERAS, France, and Boston 

University. 

February 20 

“The Political Economy of International 

Unions,” Alberto Alesina,Harvard 

University. 

February 27 

“Monetary Policy in an Open Economy: 

The Differential Impact on Exporting and 

Non-Exporting Firms,” Oved Yosha,Tel 

Aviv and Harvard University. 


March 13 

“Bones, Bombs and Break Points: The 

Geography of Economic Activity,” David 

Weinstein, Columbia University. 

March 20 

“Is Trade Good or Bad for the 

Environment? Sorting Out the Causality,” 

Jeffrey Frankel, Harvard University. 

April 4 

“Financial Globalization and Emerging 

Markets: With or Without Crash?” Helene 

Rey, Princeton University. 

April 10 

“Foreign Lobbies and U.S. Trade Policy,” 

Pravin Krishna, Brown University. 

April 24 

“NAFTA’s Impact on North American 

Trade,” John Romalis, University of 

Chicago. 

PROGRAM ON U.S.–JAPAN RELATIONS 

The Program on U.S.–Japan Relations enables 

outstanding scholars and practitioners to come 

together at Harvard to conduct independent 

research on topics in contemporary bilateral 

relations and to participate in an ongoing 

dialogue on those topics with other members 

of the Harvard University and greater 

Cambridge and Boston communities. The 

program was founded in 1980 on the belief 

that the U.S. and Japan have become so 

interdependent that the problems they face 

urgently require cooperation. The program’s 

intellectual mandate has been broad since its 

inception and has included a full range of 

issues in bilateral relations, domestic problems 

that bear on Japan’s international behavior, 

and Japan’s relations with the rest of the world. 

In the 1990s, much research and discussion 

focused on Japan’s expanding international 

role in the fields of development, energy, 

environmental protection, and security. 

Each year, the program hosts academics, 

government officials, business people and 

journalists, and awards several advanced 

research fellowships to scholarly applicants 

with outstanding research credentials. While in 

residence at Harvard for the academic year, 

associates take part in the seminars, 

roundtables, and other functions of the 

program; attend classes and other activities in 

the Harvard community; present the results of 

their research in public panels; and prepare 

research reports that are published as the 

Occasional Papers of the Program on 

U.S.–Japan Relations and distributed to 

policymakers and research organizations 

around the world. Although most associates 

are from Japan and the U.S., the program has 

also included individuals from a variety of East 

Asian and European countries. 

During the academic year, the program 

invites leading commentators on issues in 

U.S.–Japan relations and related topics to 

speak at a weekly luncheon seminar series that 

is open to the public. Typically, 30 to 60 faculty 

members, researchers, graduate students, and 

undergraduates from Harvard University, MIT, 

the Fletcher School, and other neighboring 

institutions, as well as interested members of 

the wider community attend the seminars. In 

2001–02, the seminar series featured a number 

of prominent individuals, including: Thomas 

Foley, Former U.S. Ambassador to Japan and 

Speaker of the House of Representatives; 

Yutaka Kawashima, former vice minister, 

Ministry of Foreign Affairs; and Ezra Vogel, 

professor emeritus at Harvard. 

The program annually honors a 

Distinguished Visitor, who spends several days 

at Harvard to offer a luncheon seminar, speak 

at a dinner held in his or her honor, and meet 

with students. In 2001–02, the program 

honored Sadako Ogata, former UN High 

Commissioner on Refugees currently at the 

Ford Foundation. Mrs. Ogata spoke at a 

seminar on global humanitarian crises and 

Japan, and answered questions at the dinner 

held in her honor. 

Susan J. Pharr, Edwin O. Reischauer 

Professor of Japanese Politics, continues to 

serve as director of the Program on U.S.–Japan 

Relations. Program coordinator Amy 

Demarest and staff assistant Aya Sato- 

DiLorenzo assisted Frank Schwartz,the 

program’s associate director. John Kuczwara 

served as Susan Pharr’s assistant. 

U.S.–Japan Seminar Series 

Chair: Susan Pharr 

September 18 

“Japan and the Koizumi Era,” Thomas 

Foley, former U.S. Ambassador to Japan 

and Speaker of the House of 

Representatives. 

September 25 

“Television in the Age of the Internet: 

NHK and the BBC in Comparative 

Perspective,” Henry Laurence, assistant 

professor of Government and Asian 

Studies, Bowdoin College.

October 2 

“Death by Constitution: How Japan Self- 

Destructed by Means of Pacifism,” Tetsuya 

Kataoka, research fellow, Hoover 

Institution on War, Revolution, and Peace. 

(Co-sponsored by the Olin Institute for 

Strategic Studies). 

October 9 

“The Financial Big Bang in Japan: 

Implications for Japan’s Political 

Economy,” Robert Fallon, former head, 

Asia-Pacific Division, J.P. Morgan Chase 

Bank. 

October 16 

“Ichiro Fever: Baseball and U.S.–Japan 

Relations,” William Kelly, Professor of 

anthropology and Sumitomo Professor of 

Japanese Studies, Yale University. 

October 23 

Distinguished Visitor 

“Global Humanitarian Crises and Japan,” 

Sadako Ogata, former U.N. High 

Commissioner for Refugees, now scholar 

in residence, Ford Foundation. 

October 30 

“Are the Bases Loaded? The Future of 

U.S.–Japan Security Relations,” James 

Auer, director, Center for U.S.–Japan 

Studies and Cooperation, Vanderbilt 

Institute for Public Policy Studies. (Cosponsored 

by the Olin Institute for Strategic 

Studies.) 

November 6 

“Postsocialist Transitions in Eastern 

Europe: The View from Tokyo,” Kazuo 

Nukazawa, former Japanese Ambassador 

to Hungary and senior managing director, 

Keidanren, now Professor, Josai 

International University. (Co-sponsored by 

the Fellows Program.) 

November 13 

“The U.S.–Japan–China Triangle: The 

Issue of Human Rights,” Ming Wan, 

associate professor, Department of Public 

and International Affairs, George Mason 

University. (Co-sponsored by the Asia 

Center.) 

November 27 

“Importing Diversity: Inside Japan’s JET 

Program,” David McConnell, associate 

professor of anthropology, College of 

Wooster. 

December 4 

“Japan’s Information Technology 

Industry: Its Problems and Future,” 

Sachio Senmoto, founder, chair, and chief 

executive officer, eAccess. 

December 11 

“Beyond Food Fights: How International 

Institutions Promote Agricultural Trade 

Liberalization,” Christina Davis, advanced 

research fellow, Program on U.S.–Japan 

Relations. 

February 5 

“Sino-Japanese Relations, 1947–2001,” 

Ezra Vogel, Henry Ford II Research 

Professor of Social Science, and former 

director, Asia Center. (Co-sponsored by the 

Asia Center.) 

February 12 

“Japan in the War on Terrorism in Asia,” 

David Leheny, assistant professor of political 

science, University of Wisconsin at Madison, 

and advanced research fellow, Program on 

U.S.–Japan Relations. (Co-sponsored by the 

Olin Institute for Strategic Studies.) 

February 21 

“What Lies Ahead for the Japanese 

Economy?” Glen Fukushima, president 

and chief executive officer, Cadence 

Design Systems, Japan, and former 

president, American Chamber of 

Commerce in Japan. 

February 26 

“Looming Financial Crises and Political- 

Economic Change in Japan and China,” 

William Overholt, senior fellow, Asia 

Center, and former head of Asia 

Economics and Strategy, Nomura 

International. (Co-sponsored by the Asia 


March 5 

“War, Guilt and Memory: The “History 

Problem” in Japan’s Foreign Relations,” 

Thomas Berger, associate professor of 

International Relations, Boston University. 

(Co-sponsored by the Reischauer Institute of 

Japanese Studies.) 

March 11 

“Japan’s War Guilt and Postwar 

Responsibilities,” Yasuaki Onuma, 

professor of international law, University 

of Tokyo. 

Discussant: John Dower, professor of history, 

MIT. (Co-sponsored by the Reischauer 

Institute of Japanese Studies.) 


March 19 

“East Asia’s Security Environment at the 

Start of a New Century,” Yutaka 

Kawashima, adjunct lecturer, Kennedy 

School of Government, and former vice 

minister, Ministry of Foreign Affairs. (Cosponsored 

by the Fellows Program.) 

April 2 

“The Politics of Self-Restraint: FDI 

Subsidies and Japanese Mercantilism,” 

Mireya Solis, assistant professor of 

politics, Brandeis University. 

April 11 

Japanese Politics Today 

Panel: “What Has Been Changing in 

Japan, and What Has Not,” Yukio 

Matsuyama, honorary chair, editorial 

board, Asahi Shimbun. 

“Democracy Without Competition: 

Opposition Failure in One-Party 

Dominant Japan,” Ethan Scheiner, 

advanced research fellow, Program on 

U.S.–Japan Relations. 

“Academics and Policymaking: A 

Comparison of the U.S. and Japan,” Jun 

Iio, professor of government, National 

Graduate Institute for Policy Studies. 

April 16 

“Political Globalization and the Spread of 

Global Civil Society: International 

Environmental NGOs and the Case of 

Japan,” Kim Reimann, advanced research 

fellow, Program on U.S.–Japan Relations. 

April 30 

“The Geopolitics of Asia Today,” Aaron 

Friedberg, professor of politics, Princeton 

University, and Henry A. Kissinger 

Scholar, Library of Congress. (Cosponsored 

by the Olin Institute for Strategic 

Studies.) 

JUSTICE 

Project on Justice in Times of 

Transition 

Faculty Chair: Philip Heymann,Harvard Law 

School 

Director: Sara Zucker 

The Project on Justice in Times of Transition 

brings together individuals from a broad 

spectrum of countries to share experiences in 

ending conflict, establishing peace, and 

building civil society. In demand-driven 

practical initiatives the Project acts as a neutral 

facilitator to bring leaders and decision-makers 

from states undergoing transition together 

with their counterparts from other countries 

that have experienced similar transitions. The 

Project’s comparative approach enables 

individuals to: engage in dialogue across 

national, ethnic, religious, and ideological 

boundaries; forge ties and build trust to 

facilitate effective negotiations and political 

and social cooperation; share information and 

ideas with their counterparts in other societies; 

and develop their own relevant strategies for 

reconciliation and transformation. 

In September 1999, the Project on Justice 

in Times of Transition became an interfaculty 

program of Harvard University under the 

auspices of the Law School, the John F. 

Kennedy School of Government, and the 

Faculty of Arts and Sciences (as represented by 

the Weatherhead Center for International 

Affairs). The Project was formally transferred 

to Harvard from the Foundation for a Civil 

Society, a New York-based nonprofit 

organization that had launched the Project. 

The Project was inaugurated in 1992 with an 

international conference that represented the 

first occasion in which key leaders and highlevel 

decision-makers from throughout 

postcommunist Europe came together with 

their counterparts from Argentina, Chile, 

Germany, and Spain, to discuss their 

experiences in confronting past repression and 

building political tolerance. This initial crosscultural 

comparative approach proved 

successful, and has remained the blueprint for 

all of the Project’s subsequent initiatives. The 

Project has since broadened its thematic and 

geographic scope to address the challenges 

facing legacies of the past, fostering 

reconciliation, and building peace in countries 

emerging from civil conflict. 

Since its move to Harvard, the Project on 

Justice in Times of Transition has been refining 

its strategy in order to combine the 

methodology it has traditionally used in 

programmatic initiatives with the capacity for 

research, teaching, and publications that the 

transfer to Harvard allows. The Project is 

implementing a multifaceted plan for 

programmatic initiatives and research sessions 

to take the experiences of practitioners from 

societies in transition around the world, and 

analyze and organize the lessons learned. The 

Project’s integrated program comprises six 

components: 

• thematic research conducted by Harvard 

faculty in collaboration with individuals from 

the Project’s international network of

practitioners development of case studies 

about the experiences of these practitioners in 

societies in transition; 

• programmatic initiatives focused on subjects 

of concern to particular communities and 

countries; 

• executive training sessions at Harvard for 

practitioners from around the world; 

• informational events for faculty, staff, and 

students at Harvard; 

• internships and fellowships for Harvard 

students. 

The Project has continued its work with 

political and community leaders in Northern 

Ireland through a series of integrated 

programs. Four parts of the multifaceted 

program take the form of conferences or 

workshops to facilitate contact and 

cooperation among leaders in Northern 

Ireland, and the fifth element involves the 

development and use of materials 

documenting the experience of Northern 

Ireland. In 2001–02, four sessions were held for 

over 250 participants. As well, the Project 

sponsored the participation of five individuals 

from Northern Ireland in Kennedy School of 

Government executive programs on Strategic 

Public Sector Negotiations, and for Senior 

Executives in State and Local Government. 

Recently the Project has held several 

programs as part of our internal security 

reform initiative. In February the Project held 

an executive session entitled Combating 

Terrorism: The Challenge for Democratic 

Societies. This meeting convened a diverse 

group of individuals from the intelligence and 

law enforcement communities of Mexico, Peru, 

and the U.S. to assess the challenges of 

combating terrorism while protecting 

democratic freedoms and human rights. As a 

result of this meeting, one of the program 

participants, President of the Peruvian 

National Intelligence Council, requested that 

the Project assist Peru with the process of 

reforming its intelligence apparatus. 

Accordingly, nine international intelligence 

experts and three Peruvians met at Harvard 

Law School in May to discuss key issues that 

should be incorporated into a comprehensive 

set of recommendations for reforming 

Peruvian intelligence. The recommendations 

formulated at this meeting were presented to a 

wide range of Peruvians, including civilian and 

military leaders, policymakers, journalists, and 

members of civil society at a public forum in 

Lima, Peru from July 3 to 5. 

The Project launched a new initiative 

called the Partnership on Rule of Law and 

Peace-building. The two-year program is 

conducted in partnership with the United 

Nations Association-U.S.A. and seeks to 

enhance the capacity of international 

organizations, such as the United Nations, to 

conduct more effective peace-building by 

helping them identify ways to engage more 

effectively with national actors in the field. The 

overall program includes three regional 

meetings that are designed to facilitate 

discussions and the formulation of 

recommendations on peace-building by a 

group of local practitioners and international 

field staff. 

In addition to the programs described 

above, the Project sent 20 Chayes International 

Public Service Fellows to eleven different 

countries, ranging from Bosnia to East Timor 

to Rwanda, for the summer to work with 

governments and intergovernmental and 

nongovernmental agencies. 

SEMINARS AND ROUNDTABLE SESSIONS 

AT HARVARD UNIVERSITY 

October 26 

“Transition and Truth in Chile,” José 

Zalaquett, professor of human rights, Law 

School of the University of Chile, 

Santiago.(Co-sponsored by the Harvard 

Law School Human Rights Program.) 

November 20 

“Understanding International Terrorism 

and Organized Crime: Reflections on the 

Current Situation in Guatemala and El 

Salvador,” Leonel Gomez, investigator of 

the Bishop Gerardi Case in Guatemala. 

January 24 

“Challenges of Reconstruction in 

Afghanistan,” Sarah Chayes,foreign 

correspondent for National Public Radio. 

April 30 

“Colombia: Struggling Against Terrorism, 

Working Toward Peace,” panel discussion 

with Rand Beers, assistant secretary of 

International Narcotics and Law 

Enforcement Affairs, U.S. Department of 

State; Father Francisco De Roux, director, 

Program for Development and Peace in 

Magdalena Medio and Winner, 2001 

Colombian National Peace Prize; Anders 

Kompass, director, United Nations High 

Commission for Human Rights in 

Colombia; Ellen Lutz, executive director, 

Center for Human Rights and Conflict 

Resolution, Fletcher School of Law and 

Diplomacy, Tufts University; Alejandro 


Santos, director of SEMANA, Colombia’s 

main weekly news magazine; Mark 

Schneider, senior vice president, 

International Crisis Group; and Joseph S. 

Nye, Jr., dean, John F. Kennedy School of 

Government. (Co-sponsored by Harvard 

University’s John F. Kennedy School of 

Government; Harvard Law School Human 

Rights Program; Weatherhead Center for 

International Affairs Program on Nonviolent 

Sanctions and Cultural Survival; The Center 

for Public Leadership; The Edward S. Mason 

Program in Public Policy and Management; 

The Women and Public Policy Program; The 

Belfer Center for Science and International 

Affairs; The Colombian Colloquium of 

Graduate Students and Scholars at Harvard 

and MIT.) 

CONFERENCES AND WORKSHOPS 

December 18 

Crafting Strategies for a 

Shared Future 

(Co-Sponsored by the Project on Justice in 

Times of Transition, the Northern Ireland 

Voluntary Trust, and the Institute of 

Governance, Public Policy and Social 

Research of Queen’s University.) 

Welcome and Conference Introduction by 

Nik Gowing, program anchor, BBC 

World; Avila Kilmurray, director, 

Northern Ireland Voluntary Trust; 

Elizabeth Meehan, director, Institute of 

Governance, Public Policy and Social 

Research, Queen’s University; and James 

Cooney, executive director, Weatherhead 

Center for International Affairs, Harvard 

University. 

“After the Negotiations: Embedding a 

Peace Process,” Jamil Mahuad,former 

president of Ecuador, Fellow, Center for 

Public Leadership, Harvard University. 

“Creating Strategies: Northern Ireland— 

Opportunities and Challenges,” Duncan 

Morrow, lecturer in politics, University of 

Ulster. 

“The Challenges of Strengthening a 

Society: Developing Strategies for 

Change,” John Biehl, director, Colombia 

and the Andean Region, International 

Crisis Group, former secretary general of 

the Presidency of Chile. 

Conference Summary and Conclusions, 

Nik Gowing, conference chair. 

February 25–27 

Combating Terrorism: The Challenge 

for Democratic Societies 

February 25 

Welcome and introductory remarks, 

Philip Heymann, professor, Harvard Law 

School and faculty chair, Project on Justice 

in Times of Transition. 

“Peruvian Intelligence: Past Abuses and 

Current Efforts of Reform,” Juan Velit, 

president of the National Council of 

Intelligence, Peru; and Oscar Schiappa- 

Petra, Mason Fellow at the Kennedy 

School of Government and former senior 

advisor to the Prime Minister of Peru. 

“Controlling Intelligence Activities in 

Mexico,” Raul Benitez Manaut, professor 

of international relations, National 

University of Mexico; and Armando 

Salinas Torre, president of the 

Congressional Commission on 

Governance and Public Security, Mexico. 

“U.S. Intelligence Agencies and the 

Development of Control Mechanisms,” 

Kate Martin, director, Center for National 

Security Studies; and Robert M. 

McNamara, Jr., former general counsel of 

the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency. 

February 26 

“New Challenges for the Intelligence and 

Law Enforcement Community of the 

Americas,” Philip Heymann, professor, 

Harvard Law School and faculty chair, 

Project on Justice in Times of Transition. 

“Combating Terrorism in Peru: Past and 

Present Challenges,” Ketin Vidal,former 

minister of the interior and director of the 

National Counter-terrorism Counsel, 

Peru; and Benedicto Jimenez Bacca, 

expert advisor to the United Nations’ 

Counter-Terrorism Committee, Peru. 

“Demands on U.S. Intelligence and Law 

Enforcement Agencies,” Neil Gallagher, 

former assistant director of the Federal 

Bureau of Investigation, National Security 

Division; and William Rooney,former 

executive and field operations officer in 

the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency. 

“Confronting Domestic and International 

Terrorism in Mexico,” Jorge Chabat, 

professor of international relations, Center 

for Economic Research and Teaching, 

Mexico.

February 27 

“Counter-Terrorism and Reform Agendas: 

Do They Conflict?” John Coatsworth, 

professor of history and Monroe Gutman 

Professor of Latin American Affairs at 

Harvard University, director of the David 

Rockefeller Center for Latin American 

Studies; Enrique Obando Arbulú, 

president, Political and Strategic Studies 

Institute, Peru; and Raul Benitez Manaut, 

professor of international relations, 

National University of Mexico. 

March 10–15 

Extending the Limits: Constraints and 

Challenges 

(An executive program for leaders from 

Northern Ireland, the Republic of Ireland 

and Great Britain.) 

March 10 

Remarks by Kathy O’Toole, president and 

founder of O’Toole Associates and former 

member of the Independent Commission 

on Policing in Northern Ireland. 

March 11 

“Helms-Hunt Case,” taught by Philip 

Heymann, professor, Harvard Law School. 

“Cuomo Case,” taught by Kenneth 

Winston, lecturer in ethics, Kennedy 


“Carson Forest Case,” taught by Peter 

Zimmerman, senior executive dean for 

executive education, Kennedy School of 

Government. 

“Innovations in Government,” Steve 

Goldsmith, former Mayor of 

Indianapolis. 

Discussion with Ambassador Richard 

Haass, director of the U.S. State 

Department Policy Planning Staff. 

March 12 

“Rebuilding Los Angeles Case,” taught by 

Xavier Briggs, assistant professor of 

Public Policy, Kennedy School of 

Government. 

“Singapore Tourism Board Case,” taught 

by Xavier Briggs, assistant professor of 

Public Policy, Kennedy School of 

Government. 

March 13 

Discussion on Economic Development in 

Northern Ireland with James Cooney, 

executive director of the Weatherhead 

Center for International Affairs of 

Harvard University, and John Cullinane, 

president of The Cullinane Group, Inc. 

“George Mitchell Case,” taught by Brian 

Mandell, lecturer in public policy, 

Kennedy School of Government. 

March 14 

“The Challenges of Leadership,” Jamil 

Mahuad, former president of Ecuador. 

“Leadership I: The Dynamics of 

Authority,” Marty Linsky, lecturer in 

public policy, Kennedy School of 

Government. 

“Leadership II: Distinguishing Technical 

and Adaptive Problems,” Marty Linsky, 

lecturer in public policy, Kennedy School 

of Government. 

“Leadership III: Staying Alive,” Marty 

Linsky, lecturer in public policy, Kennedy 


March 15 

“Northern Ireland Bill of Rights Case,” 

Fred Schauer, professor, Kennedy School 

of Government. 

Discussion on Victims of Conflict, with 

Martha Minow, professor, Harvard Law 

School. 

Discussion on Policing with, Philip 

Heymann, professor, Harvard Law School. 

March 23–25 

The Experiences of Local Actors in Peacebuilding, 

Reconstruction and the 

Establishment of Rule of Law 

March 23 

Conference Introduction and Welcome by 

Ong Jin Hui, director, Public Policy 

Program, National University of 

Singapore; Peter Zimmerman, Kennedy 

School of Government, Harvard 

University; and Ambassador William 

Luers, president, United Nations 

Association-USA. 

“Rule of Law in Post Conflict Societies 

and the Immediate Challenge of 

Establishing Peace,” Ian Martin,former 

special representative of the Secretary 

General in East Timor, UNAMET 

(moderator); Koy Neam, program officer, 

Asia Foundation in Cambodia; 

Aleksander Dardeli, advisor, Office of 

Legal Support Services to the Prime 

Minister of Kosovo; Saul Suster,former 

senior advisor to President Francisco 

Flores and President Alfredo Cristiani of 

El Salvador; and Nina Lahoud, 


Department of Peace-keeping Operations, 

United Nations. 

Dinner Speaker: Gareth Evans, president, 

International Crisis Group and former 

Foreign Minister of Australia. 

March 24 

“Building Judicial and Security 

Institutions for the Long Term,” Louis 

Aucoin, program officer, U.S. Institute of 

Peace, Rule of Law Program; Nesrin 

Lushta, director, Kosovo Judicial Institute; 

Bob Manuel, former secretary of state for 

Public Security, Preval Government, Haiti; 

and Longuinhos Monteiro,general 

prosecutor, East Timor. 

“The Challenge of Accountability for the 

Pol Pot Regime’s Crimes,” Ambassador 

David Scheffer, United Nations 

Association-USA. 

Working Group Meetings on Police and 

Internal Security; Legal System— 

Introducing or Reforming Legal Structures; 

and Capacity Building and Rule of Law. 

March 25 

Presentation of Working Group 

Recommendations and Discussion, 

Gareth Evans, president, International 

Crisis Group (moderator). 

May 29–31 

Peruvian Intelligence Reform Initiative 

May 29 

Welcome and Introductory Remarks by 

Philip Heymann, professor, Harvard Law 

School and faculty chair, Project on Justice 

in Times of Transition. 

“Briefing on Peruvian Intelligence,” Luis 

Iberico Nunez, vice president of Congress, 

president of the Subcommittee on Defense 

and Intelligence, Peru; and Oscar 

Schiappa-Pietra, Mason Fellow at the 

Kennedy School of Government of 

Harvard University; former senior advisor 

to the Prime Minister, Peru. 

“Jurisdiction of Intelligence Agencies,” 

Vaughn Collins, deputy commissioner of 

Investigation and Organized Crime, 

Canada; Joy Wijnen Riems, senior officer, 

Netherlands National Security Service; 

and Morris Panner, chief executive 

officer, OpenAir.com, former deputy chief 

of the Narcotics Section of the Criminal 

Division, Department of Justice, U.S.. 

“Permitted and Prohibited Activities of 

Intelligence Agencies,” Bernardo Arévalo 

de Léon, regional director for Latin 

America, War Torn Societies Project 

International; former director of 

FLACSO’s Towards a New Security Policy 

for Democracy Project, Guatemala, and 

Neil Gallagher, senior vice president at 

Bank of America with responsibility for 

homeland security, former assistant 

director of the U.S. Federal Bureau of 

Investigation, National Security Division. 

“Accountability Systems for Intelligence 

Agencies,” Michael O’Neil, former general 

counsel of the U.S. Central Intelligence 

Agency, and Jose Manuel Ugarte, advisor 

to the Senate National Defense 

Commission, Argentina. 

May 30 

“Developing Centralized Controls over 

Intelligence Policymaking and 

Implementation,” Siyabulela Mlombile, 

deputy national commissioner, South 

African Correctional Services, former 

General Manager of Support Services at 

the National Intelligence Coordinating 

Committee, South Africa; Michael O’Neil, 

former general counsel of the U.S. Central 

Intelligence Agency; and Joy Wijnen 

Riems, senior officer, Netherlands 

National Security Service. 

“The Role and Powers of Peru’s National 

Intelligence Council (CNI) within the 

National Intelligence System in Peru 

(SINA),” Ciro Alegría Varona, professor at 

the Pontificia Catholic University of Peru, 

advisor to the president of Peru’s Truth 

and Reconciliation Commission and the 

Constitutional Commission of the 

Peruvian Congress, former advisor to the 

Minister of Defense; and Luis Iberico 

Nunez, vice president of Congress, 

president of the Subcommittee on Defense 

and Intelligence, Peru. 

“Creating a Culture of Respect for 

Intelligence Oversight and Controls,” Luis 

Moreno Ocampo, president of 

Transparent Markets, Poder Ciudadano 

and Transparency International for Latin 

America, former prosecutor, Argentina; 

and Bernardo Arévalo de Léon, regional 

director for Latin America, War Torn 

Societies Project International, former 

director of FLACSO’s Towards a New 

Security Policy for Democracy Project, 

Guatemala. 

Discussion of possible recommendations 

by the Group for Reforming Peruvian 

Intelligence.

May 31 

Proposed Recommendations for Peru. 

Summary by Philip Heymann of key 

recommendations by the group and 

discussion of suggested modifications and 

next steps. 

June 20–21 

Community Action and Peace-building: 

Mechanisms for Addressing Difference 

(Co-sponsored by the Project on Justice in 

Times of Transition and the Northern 

Ireland Voluntary Trust, and the Institute of 

Governance.) 

June 20 

Introduction and Welcome by Avila 

Kilmurray, director, Northern Ireland 

Voluntary Trust; and Sara Zucker, 

director, Project on Justice in Times of 

Transition. 

Introduction by Conference Chairperson, 

Paddy Sloan,chiefexecutive,Northern 

Ireland Human Rights Commission. 

“Peace-building: A Challenge for 

Community Action in Northern Ireland,” 

Michael Morrissey, lecturer in social 

policy, University of Ulster, chair of the 

Urban Institute in Belfast. 

Working Group Discussions on Peacebuilding 

in Areas of Tension; Peacebuilding 

Work with Young People; Peacebuilding 

through Single Identity Work; 

and Peace-building through Community 

Arts and Culture. 

“Understanding the Past as a Mechanism 

for Peace-building,” Youk Chhang, 

director, Documentation Center of 

Cambodia. 

Working Group Discussions on Peacebuilding 

through Working with Victims of 

the Troubles; Peace-building through 

Community Action; and Peace-building 

through Rights and Justice Work. 

“Confronting Our Own Fears of Peacebuilding,” 

Billy Robinson, director, 

Counteract. 

“Encouraging Peace-building through 

Inter-Religious Cooperation,” Snjezana 

Kovacevic, program director, Centre for 

Peace, Nonviolence, and Human Rights, 

Croatia. 

Presentation by Youth Action theatre 

group. 

June 21 

Chairperson’s Introduction by Paddy 

Sloan, chief executive, Northern Ireland 

Human Rights Commission. 

Welcoming Remarks by James Cooney, 

executive director, Weatherhead Center for 

International Affairs, Harvard University. 

“Peace-building By Strengthening Civil 

Society,” Branka Kaselj, director, Centre 

for Peace, Nonviolence and Human 

Rights, Croatia. 

“Northern Ireland—The Opportunities of 

Peace-building: A Comparative 

Perspective from the Balkans,” Mary 

Lynch, regional manager, PRONI Institute 

of Social Education. 

Conference Summary and Conclusions by 

Paddy Sloan, chief executive, Northern 

Ireland Human Rights Commission. 

Project on Justice, Welfare, and 

Economics 

Established in June 2001, as one of the last 

actions of Neil Rudenstine as president of 

Harvard University, the Project on Justice, 

Welfare, and Economics seeks to foster 

scholarly research by faculty and graduate 

students on issues at the intersection of the 

social sciences and applied ethics. 

During the academic year 2001–02 the 

Project on Justice, Welfare, and Economics 

sponsored a number of discussions with 

faculty members and graduate students to 

develop its agenda. Twelve student grants were 

awarded for the summer 2002 and academic 

year 2002–2003 to support Harvard graduate 

students whose research topics are relevant to 

questions of justice and human welfare. The 

main thrust of this initiative is to develop a 

new generation of students, linked to 

distinguished scholars, whose work 

encompasses ethical, political, and economic 

dimensions of human development. 

The Faculty Committee that oversees this 

project is co-chaired by Professors Martha 

Minow and Thomas Scanlon. Its members 

include Benjamin Friedman, Michael Kremer, 

Jane Mansbridge, Frank Michelman, Dennis 

Thompson, and Richard Tuck, as well as the 

Weatherhead Center Director, Jorge 

Domínguez. Amartya Sen also participates in 

this project and its governance. 

The Project on Justice, Welfare and 

Economics is anchored in the Faculty of Arts 

and Sciences, but also includes professors and 

students at the Kennedy School of 


Government, the Law School, and other 

Schools of the University. The Provost’s Office 

provides general oversight for the project, 

which is housed at the Weatherhead Center. 

DISSERTATION FELLOWSHIP 

RECIPIENTS 

Nava Ashraf 

Daniel Gingerich 

Xiaojiang Hu 

Waheed Hussain 

Seema Jayachandran 

Kala Mulqueeny 

Hani Sayed 

Sven Spengemann 

Summer Research Grant Recipients 

Ronald Chen 

David Evans 

Bryan Graham 

Guanglin Liu 

MIDDLE EAST 

Middle East Seminar 

The Center’s Middle East Seminar is cosponsored 

by the Center for Middle Eastern 

Studies. The seminar, chaired by Herbert 

Kelman between 1978 and 1996, is now cochaired 

by Lenore G. Martin, Sara Roy, and 

Professor Kelman. 

In 2001–02, the fifteen sessions of the 

seminar focused on the Israeli–Palestinian 

conflict and the peace process; the 9/11 attack 

on the U.S. and the war on terrorism; U.S. and 

U.N. policy toward Iraq; and political 

developments in the Arab and Muslim worlds. 

The seminar was funded by the 

Weatherhead Center and the Center for 

Middle Eastern Studies. 

September 20 

“The Future of Political Islam,” Graham 

Fuller, former vice-chairman of the 

National Intelligence Council for Long 

Range Forecasting, resident senior 

consultant at RAND Corporation. 

October 4 

“The Attack Against America: An Arab 

View,” Rami Khouri, Nieman Fellow 

2001–02, former editor, The Jordan Times. 

October 18 

“U.S. Policy and the Israeli–Palestinian 

Crisis,” Constance Mayer, senior Middle 

East analyst, Bureau of Intelligence and 

Research, U.S. Department of State. 

November 1 

“An Inside View of the UN and Iraq,” 

Carne Ross, head of the Middle East 

Section, United Kingdom Mission to the 

United Nations. 

November 15 

“Transformations in the Arab World: 

Empirical Studies, Theoretical 

Deliberations,” Helga Baumgarten, 

associate professor of political science, Bir 

Zeit University. 

November 29 

“Partition in Palestine Revisited: What is a 

Fair Solution?” Ilan Pappé, senior lecturer 

of political science at Haifa University. 

January 31 

“The Arab–Israeli Conflict: Do They Ever 

Learn?” Shibley Telhami, Anwar Sadat 

Professor for Peace and Development, 

University of Maryland. 

February 7 

“The Presidential Elections of 2001 and 

the Khatami Presidency: Has Anything 

Changed?” Houchang Chehabi, professor 

of international relations and history, 

Boston University. 

February 21 

“Fictionalizing the Story of Jerusalem’s 

Dome of the Rock,” Kanan Makiya, 

author of The Rock: A Tale of Seventh- 

Century Jerusalem and director of the Iraq 

Research and Documentation Project. 

March 7 

“The Future of the Peace Process: Israeli 

Perspectives,” Gadi Baltiansky, Wexner- 

Israel Fellow, Kennedy School of 

Government, and media advisor to Prime 

Minister Ehud Barak, 1999–2000; Alon 

Ben-David, Wexner-Israel Fellow, 

Kennedy School of Government, and 

Head of the News Defense Desk, Israeli 

Broadcasting Authority; Gidi Grinstein, 

Wexner-Israel Fellow, Kennedy School of 

Government, and secretary of the Israeli 

Negotiating Team for the Permanent 

Status Agreement, 1999–2001. 

March 18 

“The Future of the Middle East Peace 

Process,” Dennis Ross, distinguished 

fellow and counselor at the Washington 

Institute for Near East Policy, special 

Middle East Envoy for the first Bush and 

Clinton Administrations. (Joint session 

with the Seminar on International Conflict 

Analysis and Resolution.)

March 21 

“The Geopolitical Dimensions of the War 

Against Terrorism,” Michael Klare,Five 

College Professor of Peace and World 

Security Studies, Hampshire, Amherst, 

Smith, and Mount Holyoke Colleges and 

University of Massachusetts, Amherst. 

April 4 

“The War on Terrorism and the World 

Recession: Economic Consequences for 

the Middle East,” Roger Owen, A.J. Meyer 

Professor of History, Harvard University. 

April 25 

“Israeli Army Refusers: Ethical and 

Ideological Underpinnings and Societal 

Responses,” Guy Grossman, masters 

candidate, Department of History and 

Philosophy of Science and Ideas, Tel Aviv 

University; Lieutenant (Reserve- 

Paratroopers); and member, Leadership 

Circle, Ometz le’Sarev, The Israeli Refusal 

Movement. 

May 2 

“U.S.–Iraq Policy: Is Regime Change in 

Iraq’s Future?” Judith Yaphe, senior 

research professor, Institute for National 

Strategic Studies, National Defense 

University. 

PROGRAM ON NONVIOLENT 

SANCTIONS AND CULTURAL 

SURVIVAL (PONSACS) 

The Program on Nonviolent Sanctions and 

Cultural Survival (PONSACS) studies 

situations of conflict in order to better 

understand the nature and the capabilities of 

nonviolent actions in support of human rights 

and civil liberties. The Program rationale is 

based on the simple premise about the nature 

of political power—that it is rooted in and 

continually dependent upon cooperation and 

obedience, and that each can be withdrawn. 

Methodologically, PONSACS combines a 

quantitative approach to intranational and 

transnational conflicts through PANDA 

(Protocol for the Assessment of Nonviolent 

Direct Action), an automated early warning 

system, with on-the-ground research and 

management informed by anthropological 

insights. These two strands of research work to 

identify conflict before violence erupts and to 

promote, actively, nonviolent alternatives to 

armed conflict. 

Program research, analysis, and direct 

interventions focus largely on conflicts 

between culturally distinct groups in situations 

of sharp structural asymmetry, with emphasis 

on disputes over the use of, and rights to, land 

and natural resources. 

PANDA Project 

In 1988, as part of the Program that later came 

to be known as PANDA, analysts began to 

systematically assess the incidence of 

nonviolent struggle throughout the world, 

with a data lens sensitive to the contentious 

and coercive, but not yet violent, struggle in an 

effort to generate early warnings on escalation 

into violence. The purpose of this project is to 

determine conditions under which 

contemporary nonviolent struggle has been 

successful in effecting social, political, or 

economic change, or in resisting tyranny. To 

the extent that nonviolent struggle was found, 

evidence also was sought to determine whether 

this form of “people power,” was spreading. 

PANDA project members have developed 

new conceptual tools to advance their research. 

In 1999 project members joined with scholars 

at Ohio State University and Virginia 

Polytechnic Institute and State University to 

develop a conceptual framework for Integrated 

Data for Events Analysis, or IDEA. The IDEA 

framework was designed explicitly to support 

the automated coding of text, such as 

electronic global news reports. The IDEA 

framework has largely superseded the PANDA 

protocol, though the core premises about 

contentiousness and coerciveness from the 

PANDA effort remain central. 

To illustrate, in 1998 UNICEF asked 

PONSACS to help sort through its securityincident 

reports to establish baselines and 

thresholds in an effort to ensure the security of 

its personnel and operations, in the face of 

increasing threats to its representatives in field 

offices. PONSACS responded by designing and 

incorporating a new Web-based field reporting 

module with the automated events data 

parsing, analysis, and visualization software 

used with the IDEA/PANDA protocol. 

PONSACS has expanded its applied research to 

provide new tools for monitoring conflict in 

regions where international governmental and 

nongovernmental organizations are 

conducting relief and or development 

programs. 

Conflict Analysis and 

Management Project 

Building on PANDA’s capacity for real-time, 

interactive refinement of dynamic-event data 

sets, anthropologists and area specialists at or 


associated with PONSACS further assess the 

results. 

This aspect of the Program—the analysis 

and management of specific conflicts—has 

arisen in response to, and direct experience 

with, a particular and increasingly widespread 

series of disputes—those in which stakeholders 

are distinguished by sharp intercultural 

differences and or asymmetric politicaleconomic 

positions. Current area expertise and 

most research is focused on Latin America and 

includes the development of strategies for 

transforming situations of asymmetric power 

relations between indigenous peoples and 

multinational corporate actors. This case study 

approach enables research on ethnicity, 

culture, political-economic change, conflicts, 

and state-local responses. The current focus on 

indigenous peoples and natural resources 

builds on previous work and responds to a 

series of related “needs-means” confluences 

that have recently altered the strategies of 

indigenous peoples, state agencies, and 

international economic interests alike. The 

Program works to analyze the linkages between 

disparate interests and concerns of each sector, 

and to suggest ways of managing some of the 

inevitable conflicts that result. 

To illustrate, the Program continues 

coordination of the “Dialogues on Oil in Fragile 

Environments,” underway since 1997 at 

Harvard University, as well as a new training 

program “New Environmental and Social 

Standards in the Amazon Basin: Paths toward 

Tripartite Cooperation in the Hydrocarbon 

Sector.” PONSACS also undertakes research 

and direct field intervention in specific 

conflicts. The Program publishes research 

results, undertakes and assists in training and 

education in the field and at Harvard 

University, and continues to strengthen 

relations and project activities with 

international practitioner and research groups. 

Seminar on Ethnicity, Culture, 

and Change 

Chair: David Maybury-Lewis 

During the academic year 2001–02, the 

Program on Nonviolent Sanctions and 

Cultural Survival hosted a seminar series, 

“Seminars on Ethnicity, Culture, and Change.” 

The series reflects the program’s ongoing 

research and other activities into specific or 

anticipated conflicts. The seminar provides an 

opportunity to publicly review and critique 

some of PONSACS’ current activities and 

research initiatives. 

The seminar focuses on the relationship 

between ethnicity, conflict, and change: 

ethnicity, specifically in situations where ethnic 

groups stand in sharp asymmetry; conflict, 

particularly where natural resources are in 

dispute; and change, understood as local 

efforts to alter asymmetry through nonviolent 

means. Speakers come from diverse 

backgrounds and have included prominent 

anthropologists, politicians, physicians, and 

academics. Topics have included ethnic 

identity and conflict in Europe, managing 

humanitarian emergencies, indigenous rights 

and the environment in Latin America, and the 

role of civil society in peace processes and 

participatory democracy. 

October 30 

“Afghanistan: Concluding a War that Wins 

a Broader Peace in Central Asia,” Thomas 

Barfield, Department of Anthropology, 


October 31 

“Women, Gender, and Nonviolence in 

Collective Action,” Karen Beckwith, 

PONSACS Visiting Scholar, Political 

Science Department, College of Wooster. 

November 7 

“New Approaches to Managing 

Environmental and Natural Resource 

Conflicts in Latin America,” Yolanda 

Kakabadse, Graduate School of Forestry 

and Environmental Studies, Yale 

University; founder and president, 

Fundación Futuro Latinoamericano; 

President, World Conservation Union 

(IUCN); president, Geneva International. 

December 5 

“Plan Colombia: An Indigenous 

Response,” Maria Eugenia Choque of 

Bolivia, Clemente Wilson, Taina 

Hedman, and Iguaibiliguina Hedman of 

Panama, and Jesus Avirama of Colombia. 

(Co-sponsored by Cultural Survival, Inc.) 

February 26 

“If Peace in Colombia, Then What? 

Participatory Democracy and Civil Society 

in the Peace Process and Beyond,” Luis 

Fernando de Angulo, Institute for Human 

Rights and International Relations, 

Javeriana University, Colombia; Ernesto 

Borda, Institute of Human Rights and 

International Relations, Javierna 

University; Alvaro Campos, Commission 

for National Conciliation.

March 20 

“UN Conflict Early Warning: Future 

Prospects,” Vincenzo Bollettino, 

PONSACS Postdoctoral Fellow. 

April 30 


Working Toward Peace.” A panel 

discussion with Rand Beers, International 

Narcotics Law and Enforcement Affairs. 

U.S. Department of State; Father 

Francisco de Roux, director, Program for 

Development and Peace in Magdalena 

Medio, winner, 2001 Colombian National 

Peace Prize; Anders Kompass, United 

Nations High Commission for Human 

Rights in Colombia; Ellen Lutz,Center for 

Human Rights and Conflict Resolution, 

Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy, 

Tufts University; Alejandro Santos, 

Semana, Colombia’s main weekly news 

magazine; Mark Schneider.Moderated by 

Joseph S. Nye Jr., dean John F. Kennedy 


(Co-sponsored by the John F. Kennedy 

School of Government Institute of Politics, 

Harvard Law School Human Rights 

Program, the Project on Justice in Times of 

Transition, the Center for Public 

Leadership, the Edward S. Mason Program 

in Public Policy and Management, the 

Women and Public Policy Program, and the 

Colombian Colloquium of Graduate 

Students and Scholars at Harvard and 

MIT.) 

PONSACS AFFILIATES 

S. James Anaya, program affiliate, University 

of Arizona 

Karen Beckwith, visiting scholar, College of 

Wooster 

Vincenzo Bollettino, postdoctoral fellow 

Douglas Bond, associate director, PONSACS 

Joseph Bond, program affiliate, Virtual 

Research Associates, Inc. 

Lucia Clark, program graduate student affiliate 

David Edeli, program student affiliate 

Amanda Flohr, program coordinator 

Bret Gustafson, Weatherhead Center graduate 

student associate 

Pippa Heylings, program affiliate 

Theodore Macdonald, associate director, 

PONSACS 

Ian MacIntosh, program affiliate, Cultural 

Survival, Inc. 

David Maybury-Lewis, director, PONSACS 

Churl Oh, program affiliate, Virtual Research 

Associates, Inc. 

Peter Poole, program affiliate 

Jennifer Schirmer, program affiliate, 

International Peace Research Institute of 

Oslo (PRIO) 

POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT 

Harvard/MIT Joint Seminar on 

Political Development (JOSPOD) 

The Harvard/MIT Joint Seminar on Political 

Development (JOSPOD) was founded by 

Samuel Huntington (Harvard) and Myron 

Weiner (MIT) during academic year 1963–64. 

It met for 35 consecutive years until it was 

briefly discontinued for two years after 

Weiner’s death. Professors Kanchan Chandra 

(MIT) and Jorge Domínguez (Harvard 

University) re-launched the Seminar during 

2001–02. The Weatherhead Center for 

International Affairs at Harvard and the 

Center for International Studies at the MIT cosponsor 

the seminar. Alternating between the 

Harvard and MIT Faculty Clubs, the seminar 

met for dinner on Wednesday evenings during 

the academic year to bring together scholars 

and practitioners of political development, 

mainly from the Boston area. In 2001–02, the 

theme for the seminar for the year was the 

interdisciplinary study of the state. Each 

meeting began with a presentation by a 

designated speaker on a topic related to the 

general theme of the year. An hour-long 

discussion followed each presentation. 

Naunihal Singh served as the seminar’s 

executive secretary. (Both the Weatherhead 

Center and the MIT Center for International 

Studies are directed by former JOSPOD 

executive secretaries, Jorge Domínguez and 

Richard Samuels.) This academic year 

JOSPOD had just over 100 members with an 

average attendance of 30 people at each 

session. 

Chairs: Jorge I. Domínguez (Harvard 

University) and Kanchan Chandra (MIT) 

October 3 

“The State and National Identity,” Samuel 

Huntington, Albert J. Weatherhead III 

University Professor, Harvard University. 

October 31 

“What the State Does Not See and Would 

Really Rather Not Know,” Michael 

Herzfeld, Department of Anthropology, 



November 28 

“Patriotic Partnerships: Why Great Wars 

Nourished American Civic Voluntarism,” 

Theda Skocpol, Victor S. Thomas 

Professor of Government and Sociology, 


February 6 

“Trust in Transition: Implications for 

Governments and States,” Margaret Levi, 

Jere L. Bacharach Professor of 

International Studies, University of 

Washington at Seattle. 

March 6 

“Spatializing States: Toward an 

Ethnography of Neoliberal 

Governmentality,” Akhil Gupta, 

Anthropology Department, Stanford 

University. 

POLITICAL ECONOMY 

Faculty Discussion Group on 

Political Economy 

This group convenes weekly to discuss a 

previously distributed paper on a wide range 

of subjects related to political economy. 

Faculty from the Department of Government, 

Economics, the Harvard Law School, the 

Kennedy School of Government, and other 

academic institutions attend the discussions. 

Political Institutions and Economic 

Policy (PIEP) 

This invitation-only seminar is sponsored by 


Affairs and the Center for Basic Research in 

the Social Sciences. Over the past 25 years, two 

separate strands of research in political 

economy have developed. The first is the 

rigorous analysis of the impact of political 

institutions on political behavior and political 

outcomes. The second is the analysis of the 

making of economic policy, which has tried to 

develop theoretically consistent and empirically 

grounded explanations of economic 

policy outcomes. Typically, they have 

developed entirely segregated from each other: 

the analysis of political institutions without 

concern for economic policymaking 

implications, and the study of economic 

policymaking with limited attention to the 

institutional environment in which it takes 

place. The goal of this seminar is to encourage 

the development of an approach to politics 

and policymaking that is theoretically rigorous 

and empirically systematic with regard to both 

political institutions and economic factors. 

December 14 

“Representation as Agency Across 

Electoral Systems: How Electoral Rules 

Shape the Political Logic of Benefits and 

Costs,” Kathleen Bawn, political science, 

University of California, Los Angeles; and 

Frances Rosenbluth, political science, Yale 

University. 

Discussants: Tim Besley, economics, London 

School of Economics; and John Huber, 

political science, Columbia University 

“Private Politics,” David Baron, 

economics, business, and political science, 

Stanford University. 

Discussants: James Alt, government, Harvard 

University; and Nolan McCarty, politics, 

Princeton University 

“The Domestic Politics of International 

Financial Rescues: Congressional Voting 

on Bailouts in the 1990s,” J. Lawrence 

Broz, political science, University of 

California, at San Diego. 

Discussants: Randall Kroszner, economics and 

business, University of Chicago and Council 

of Economic Advisers; and Tom Romer, 

politics, Princeton University 

June 1 

“The Institutional Foundations of Public 

Policy: A Transactions Approach with 

Application to Argentina,” Pablo Spiller, 

business, University of California, 

Berkeley; and Mariano Tommasi, 

economics, Universidad de San Andrés. 

Discussants: Daron Acemoglu, economics, 

MIT; and Robert Bates, government, 

Harvard University 

“Privatization, Institutions and 

Performance: Telecommunications in 

Africa,” Roger Noll, economics and 

political science, Stanford University. 

Discussants: Ugo Panizza, Inter-American 

Development Bank and Mark Ramseyer, 

law, Harvard University 

“Political competition and government 

accountability,” Tim Besley, economics, 

London School of Economics. 

Discussants: David Baron, economics, 

business, and political science, Stanford 

University; and Lisa Martin, government, 

Harvard University

Project on Religion, Political 

Economy, and Society 

Principal Investigator: Professor Robert 

Barro, Harvard University 

Project Director: Dr. Rachel M. McCleary, 

Harvard University 

The Project on Religion, Political Economy, 

and Society at Harvard University’s 

Weatherhead Center for International Affairs 

was launched in spring 2001, and is an 

interdisciplinary effort that focuses on research 

and teaching of religion as it relates to the 

social sciences. The project explores the role of 

religion in the economic, political, and social 

development of individuals and nations. 

The Project explores how religiosity 

responds to economic development and to 

government regulation, subsidy, and 

suppression. Its members seek to learn how 

religious beliefs and practices influence 

individual productivity, economic growth, and 

the maintenance of political institutions such 

as democracy. They also want to understand 

how religiosity interacts with violence within 

societies and across international borders. 

More generally, by pursuing and disseminating 

research and by stimulating the inquiry of 

others, the project seeks to promote the study 

of religion as a significant subject area of the 

social sciences. 

RESEARCH INITIATIVES 

Rachel McCleary is conducting research on 

religious nongovernmental agencies in the U.S. 

that take federal funds for overseas social 

programs. McCleary is interested in 

determining whether: by taking federal funds, 

religious NGOs become “secularized,” or 

compromise on their religious and moral 

principles; or if NGOs tend to engage in 

particular types of social programs. 

Interaction, the umbrella organization for 

nongovernmental organizations, is cooperating 

to provide data. The study relies on data from 

U.S. federal agencies going back to the 1960s. 

Thus, the findings will apply over time as well 

as across programs and religious NGOs. 

Robert Barro is studying the effects on 

religious participation and beliefs from 

government policies, such as establishment of 

religion, regulation of the religion market, and 

suppression of religious expression. He is using 

cross-country data from the World Values 

Survey, the International Social Survey 

Programme (ISSP), and Gallup International. 

Part of the study is at the country-wide level 

and part is at the level of the individual 

respondents in the surveys. The study includes 

effects from religious pluralism as measured by 

the array of denominations represented within 

a country. Effects from economic and political 

variables are considered also. Later work will 

extend previous research on the consequences 

of religiousness for economic and political 

outcomes. Some of this work will be at the 

country level and some at the level of 

individuals. 

Edward Glaeser is studying the relationship 

between education and religion. He is focusing 

on the U.S., but also is comparing the U.S. 

results to those from other countries. Across 

individuals, more educated persons attend 

religious services more often. Across 

denominations, those with more educated 

members have lower attendance. Glaeser’s 

research attempts to explain these differences. 

He finds that religion serves two purposes: 

organized religion acts as a social institution, 

which provides a network of connections, 

schooling for children, and many other 

services; and religion typically promises 

supernatural payoffs, such as rewards in the 

afterlife. Education increases the importance of 

religion as a social institution. More educated 

people are more likely to be members of every 

kind of social institution, presumably because 

education raises the returns from social 

connection. Education, however, may also 

diminish belief in the supernatural effects of 

religion. Glaeser’s hypothesis is that, across 

individuals, the first effect dominates, whereas, 

across denominations, the second effect 

dominates. This pattern applies because 

denominations represent groups that have 

already sorted, to a considerable extent, on 

their religious beliefs. 

Laurence Iannaccone will be teaching religion 

as part of his economics courses at George 

Mason University. Iannaccone also will be a 

visiting fellow at the Weatherhead Center for 

two weeks in fall 2002. Iannaccone recently 

authored “Looking Backward: A Cross- 

National Study of Religious Trends.” In this 

research, he uses the International Social 

Survey Programme (ISSP) to construct time 

series for 30 countries back to 1925 on church 

attendance of children and parents. He 

generated these data—previously unavailable 

for long time periods for most countries— 

ingeniously by using retrospective survey 

questions on church attendance when the 

respondent was a child. Iannaccone is also 

studying the relationship between terrorism 

and religion in “The Good, the Bad, and the 


Deadly.” His principal thesis asserts that 

religion sustains commitments, which can be 

forces for good or evil depending on the 

context. He argues that the outcomes tend to 

be favorable when the government fosters a 

free market in religion, but tend to be harmful 

when the government suppresses free 

expression, notably among minority groups. 

RECENT PUBLICATIONS 

Robert Barro and Rachel McCleary coauthored 

“Religion and Political Economy in an 

International Panel,” National Bureau of 

Economic Research working paper no. 8931, 

May 2002. Economic and political 

developments affect religiosity, and the extent 

of religious participation and beliefs influence 

economic performance and political 

institutions. The authors study these two 

directions of causation in a broad crosscountry 

panel that includes survey 

information over the last 20 years on church 

attendance and an array of religious beliefs. 

Although religiosity declines overall with 

economic development, the nature of the 

response varies with the dimension of 

development. Church attendance and religious 

beliefs are positively related to education 

(thereby conflicting with theories in which 

religion reflects non-scientific thinking) and 

negatively related to urbanization. Also 

investigated are the effects of official state 

religions, government regulation of the 

religion market, Communism, religious 

pluralism, and the denominational 

composition of religious adherence. On the 

other side, the finding is that economic growth 

responds positively to the extent of some 

religious beliefs but negatively to church 

attendance. That is, growth depends on the 

extent of believing relative to belonging. These 

results hold up when the estimation uses as 

instrumental variables the measures of official 

state religion, government regulation, and 

religious pluralism. 

McCleary also authored “Salvation and 

Economic Incentives.” This work investigates 

the role that a doctrine of salvation has on the 

economic life of adherents. Starting with Max 

Weber’s ideas on the genesis of capitalism, she 

examines the doctrines of salvation in the 

main religious denominations: Catholic, 

Protestant, Muslim, Hindu, and Buddhist. In 

each case, the beliefs are tied conceptually to 

the incentives that influence economic choices. 

EDUCATIONAL ACTIVITIES 

Over the past year, thirteen scholars who are 

doing important work on religion in the social 

sciences have made presentations at the 

biweekly seminar on Religion, Political 

Economy, and Society. In this inaugural year, 

most of the speakers were from outside 

Harvard. The series has sparked significant 

interest in research among professors and 

students from several fields at Harvard, 

including economics, government, sociology, 

near eastern studies, and the study of religion. 

Further, these seminars have generated support 

from faculty and graduate students at Boston 

College and MIT. 

The project’s Web site 

has helped 

to establish a community of thinkers and 

researchers. Over 80 journal abstracts and 

fifteen book citations from the past ten years 

have been selected for their relevance to the 

project. In addition, twelve working papers are 

available online to promote peer review. This 

presence on the Internet has produced e-mail 

inquiries from researchers in Pakistan, South 

Africa, Israel, Scandinavia, and Europe. 

In addition to educational outreach, the 

project is stimulating teaching on religion. For 

example, Robert Barro will be teaching a 

course on macroeconomics and politics to 

undergraduates in the spring term 2003. Part 

of his course is a unit on the relationship 

between religion and economic growth. Rachel 

McCleary will be teaching the political 

economy of development to undergraduates in 

the spring term 2002. Her course will include a 

sub-unit on religion and development. In the 

spring term 2003, she will teach a junior 

seminar for government majors on religion 

and politics. 

Finally, we will host an interdisciplinary 

conference at Harvard in spring 2003. The 

focus of this meeting will be on comparative 

research in religious studies. 

PROJECT ON RELIGION, POLITICAL 

ECONOMY AND SOCIETY SEMINAR 

The Project on Religion, Political Economy, 

and Society was established to encourage 

scholarly research on religion and the social 

sciences. Research is taking place in five 

subcategories: civil society and public life; the 

nation-state and church-state relations; family, 

gender, and personal choices; economic 

activity and business; and globalization. The 

project encourages scholars to engage in 

comparative analysis using international data 

on religion and the social sciences. In the fall 

of 2001 the Religion, Political Economy, and 

Society project will be inaugurating its seminar

series. Distinguished scholars working on the 

topic of religion have been invited to speak on 

their current research. 

October 3 

“Is Religion a Civic Resource?” Robert 

Putnam, The Peter and Isabel Malkin 

Professor of Public Policy; and director, 

Saguaro Seminar, John F. Kennedy School 

of Government, Harvard University. 

October 17 

“Restless Gods: The Renaissance of 

Religion in Canada,” Reginald W. Bibby, 

professor of sociology, The University of 

Lethbridge, Canada. 

October 31 

“The Future of World Fundamentalisms,” 

Martin E. Marty, Fairfax M. Cone 

Distinguished Service Professor Emeritus 

of the History of Modern Christianity; 

and the Committee on the History of 

Culture, The University of Chicago. 

November 14 

“Congregations and Social Services: 

Holistic Approaches, Prophetic Voices, 

and Other Myths,” Mark Chaves, 

professor of sociology and chair, The 

University of Arizona. 

November 28 

“Education and Religion,” Edward 

Glaeser, professor of economics, Harvard 

University. 

December 12 

“The Role of Religion in Economic and 

Demographic Behavior: Evidence from 

the U.S. National Survey of Families and 

Households,” Evelyn Lehrer, professor 

and director of undergraduate studies, 

Department of Economics , University of 

Illinois at Chicago. 

February 6 

“The Quantification of Religion for Cross- 

Sectional Analyses,” Jonathan Fox, 

lecturer, Political Science Department, Bar 

Ilan University, Ramat Gan, Israel. 

February 20 

“Trends in Religiosity in the United States 

during the 20th Century,” Laurence R. 

Iannaccone, professor of economics, 

Santa Clara University. 

March 6 

“Religiosity and Economic Variables in a 

Panel of Countries,” Robert Barro,Robert 

C. Waggoner Professor of Economics, 


March 20 

“Explaining the Human side of Religion: 

A Review of Initial Efforts,” Roger Finke, 

professor of sociology, Pennsylvania State 

University. 

April 3 

“Machiavelli and Spinoza on the 

Theological-Political Problem,” Harvey 

Mansfield, William R. Kenan Jr. Professor 

of Government, Harvard University. 

April 17 

“The Political Origins of Religious 

Liberty,” Anthony Gill, associate professor 

of political science, University of 

Washington. 

May 1 

“Salvation and Economic Behavior,” 

Rachel McCleary, director, Project on 

Religion, Political Economy and Society, 


POLITICAL VIOLENCE 

Political Violence and 

Peacekeeping Workshop 

The Political Violence and Peacekeeping 

workshop met for its second year. This yearlong 

workshop was devoted to issues related to 

political violence and peacekeeping. It was 

organized by Professors Robert Bates and 

Monica Toft to bring together advanced 

Harvard graduate students and faculty with 

interests on these issues on a regular basis. The 

faculty organizers believed this to be important 

especially for the graduate students, who are 

done with coursework and are often isolated 

from faculty and peers. 

Participants in the workshop discussed 

works in progress by participating faculty, 

dissertation material by graduate students, and 

recent articles published on related issues. The 

seminar was designed to serve the Harvard 

community, however, students with similar 

interests from MIT also attended the seminar. 

October 24 

“When Does Power-sharing Bring Peace?” 

Dorina Bekoe. 

December 5 

“To Bargain or Brawl,” Macartan 

Humphreys. 

February 6 

“Indivisible Territory and Ethnic War,” 

Monica Toft. 


2001–02 PARTICIPANTS 

Ivan Arreguin-Toft 

Robert Bates 

Dorina Bekoe 

Sarah Lischer 

Maria Popova 

James Habyarimana 

Macartan Humphreys 


Monica Toft 

REDEFINING BOUNDARIES OF 

BELONGING 

The events of September 11, 2001 alerted us — 

as no academic debate could—to the multiple 

meanings of globalization, with the World 

Trade Center complex as a potent symbol of 

global westernization and the al Qaeda 

terrorists who destroyed it as agents of 

genuinely transnational global networks. 

America’s response to the attack served to 

underscore these polarities. The U.S. 

government forged intergovernmental alliances 

to destroy terrorist networks but al Qaeda 

could not be directly engaged because it is 

stateless. The best we could do was to bring 

our military might to bear on the country—a 

place without a functioning government— 

harboring the network’s leaders and to attempt 

to identify and detain al Qaeda cells here and 

abroad. 

The polar meanings of globalization are 

also evident in the often violent protests that 

have greeted the meetings of the World Trade 

Organization, the World Economic Forum, 

and other multinational entities concerned 

with expanding global markets. In these 

encounters, the governments and corporations 

promoting global westernization are opposed 

by supporters of transnational nongovernmental 

organizations and movements 

concerned with economic justice, the 

environment, public health, and human rights. 

These polarities of state and stateless 

forces obscure the emergence of less visible but 

no less important forms of transnational life. 

In addition to the Worldwide Web and the 

Internet, the telecommunications revolution 

has nurtured “production networks” like the 

loosely coupled community of software 

developers that created Linux. The internationalization 

of labor markets has created 

substantial populations of resident aliens in 

every advanced industrial nation—“transnational 

villagers” who participate simul- 

taneously in the political, economic, and 

cultural life of both their host nations and 

their countries of origin. In doing so, these 

individuals decouple the congruence between 

residence, participation, and membership 

traditionally framed by nationality. 

These new transnational identities and 

institutions are not well understood. We often 

conflate global westernization with genuinely 

transnational phenomena. Moreover, efforts to 

comprehend and differentiate between the 

emergence of new collectivities, the transformation 

of older ones, and the elaboration 

of more traditional forms of economic, 

political, and cultural imperialism are 

hampered by the concepts and languages we 

use to analyze social, economic, and political 

systems. 

Heightened interest in global issues and 

increased confusion about what globalism and 

globalization actually mean demand a more 

careful examination of these phenomena. We 

need to distinguish between what is genuinely 

transnational and what is global westernization 

redux. We need to understand the new 

collectivities and identities that are reshaping 

our world and the ways in which these 

challenge our sense of who we are and what 

our rights and obligations to the collective 

good should be. Such inquiries would enable 

us to begin bridging the gaps between the 

multiple disciplines that are studying global 

phenomena and to develop concepts and 

languages unhampered by the artifacts of 

nationality that would thus be more suited to 

the task. 

During FY 2001–02, we received support 

from the Weatherhead Center to hold a series 

of meetings to organize a working seminar to 

address these questions. We held three 

meetings in the fall and three meetings in the 

spring. We spent our first meetings 

introducing our concerns to perspective 

participants and recruiting a group of scholars 

who was interested in working on these issues 

together. These meetings were often organized 

around a set of readings that could provide us 

with a common starting point. By December, 

we had convened a core group from the 

Harvard community and from other 

universities. These include Devesh Kapur, 

Julian Blake, Stanley Tambiah, Engseng Ho, 

Sanjeev Khagram, Adil Najam, Sukki Kong, 

Sally Merry, and Robert Weller. In the spring 

we began to define a set of common questions 

and to explore the ways in which our 

individual research projects speaks to our 

shared concerns. This done, we agreed upon a

schedule to begin to present our work to each 

other in the fall. We will do so during a second 

series of dinner meetings, which were 

generously funded by a second continuation 

grant from the Weatherhead Center. 

SOUTH ASIA 

South Asia Seminar 

Chairs: Devesh Kapur and Sugata Bose 

Established in 1989, the South Asia Seminar 

completed its thirteenth year in 2001–02. Since 

its inception, the seminar has had an 

interdisciplinary orientation and has focused 

on political, economic, security, and cultural 

issues in South Asia. Scholars, journalists, and 

public figures from (or specializing in) the 

subcontinent have presented their work in the 

seminar. The South Asia Seminar attracts 

faculty, visiting scholars, and students from 

Harvard and other universities. The South Asia 

Seminar was funded by the Weatherhead 

Center for International Affairs and the Asia 

Center. 

September 28 

“Crucible of Conflict, Cradle of Peace: 

Kashmir in Historical Perspective,” Sugata 

Bose, Gardiner Professor of Oceanic 

History and Affairs, Department of 

History, Harvard University. (Cosponsored 

with the Modern Asia Series, Asia 


October 315 

“Electoral Politics and Party System in 

Contemporary India,” Yogendra Yadav, 

director, Institute for Comparative 

Democracy, Centre for the Study of 

Developing Societies, New Delhi, India. 

October 26 

“The Aftermath of Sept. 11: Implications 

for South Asia,” Devesh Kapur, associate 

professor of government, Department of 

Government, Harvard University; Adil 

Najam, assistant professor, Department of 

International Relations, Boston University; 

Robert Travers, assistant professor of 

history, Department of History, Harvard 

University. 

Moderator: Sugata Bose, Gardiner Professor of 

Oceanic History and Affairs, Department 

of History, Harvard University 

November 8 

“The Basic Structure and the Idea of 

Constitutionalism in India,” Pratap Mehta, 

director, Center for Philosophy, Jawaharlal 

Nehru University, New Delhi, India. 

November 9 

“Religion and Misplaced Secularity in 

South Asia,” Ayesha Jalal, professor of 

history, Tufts University; MacArthur 

Fellow. (Co-sponsored with the Modern 

Asia Series, Asia Center.) 

November 29 

“India Still Matters: Economic Growth, 

Social Empowerment, Political Democracy 

and Diversity in Modern India,” Jairam 

Ramesh, secretary, Economic Cell of the 

All India Congress Committee. (Cosponsored 

with the GSAS South Asia 

Association of Harvard Students.) 

December 6 

“India, Europe and the Making of the 

Early Modern World, 1600–1800,” David 

A. Washbrook, reader in Modern South 

Asian History, St. Anthony’s College, 

University of Oxford. 

December 14 

“Culture and Psychology in the 

Kamasutra,” Sudhir Kakar, senior fellow, 

Center for the Study of World Religions, 

Harvard Divinity School; psychoanalyst, 

and writer. (Co-sponsored with the GSAS 

South Asia Association of Harvard 

Students.) 

February 22 

“Patronage Politics and Ethnic Politics in 

India,” Kanchan Chandra, assistant 

professor of political science, Department 

of Political Science, MIT; Academy 

Scholar, Harvard Academy for 

International and Area Studies, Harvard 

University. 

March 8 

“Can Good Projects Succeed in ‘Bad’ 

Communities? Collective Action and 

Local Public Goods in the Himalayas,” 

Asim Ijaz Khwaja, assistant professor of 

public policy, John F. Kennedy School of 


March 15 

“Genetic Evidence on the Origins of 

Indian Caste Populations,” Michael J. 

Bamshad, associate professor, Eccles 

Institute of Human Genetics, University of 

Utah. 


April 5 

“Education and Institutional Change: 

Explaining India’s Low Schooling,” Anjini 

Kochar, assistant professor, Department 

of Economics, Stanford University. 

April 26 

“Cosmopolitan Migrants: The Politics of 

Work and Identity in South India,” K. 

Sivaramakrishnan, assistant professor, 

Department of Anthropology, University 

of Washington-Seattle. 

May 3 

“The September 11 Fallout in South Asia,” 

Nayan Chanda, director of publications, 

Center for the Study of Globalization, Yale 

University; editor-at-large, Far Eastern 

Economic Review.(Co-sponsored with the 

Modern Asia Series, Asia Center.) 

JOHN M. OLIN INSTITUTE FOR 

STRATEGIC STUDIES 

The John M. Olin Institute for Strategic 

Studies, founded July 1, 1989 as an 

autonomous entity within the Weatherhead 

Center for International Affairs, was the result 

of an expansion and institutionalization of the 

Center’s program in national security studies 

made possible by the initiative and expanded 

support of the John M. Olin Foundation. The 

dean of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences, in 

consultation with the director of the Center, 

appoints the director of the Olin Institute. 

The goal of the Olin Institute after the 

cold war has been to play a leading role in 

understanding the changes in the nature of the 

security challenges to the U.S. and to countries 

around the world. Institute research projects 

have dealt with the changing role of Congress 

in the formulation of U.S. foreign and defense 

policy; Russian and American approaches to 

the post–cold war world; the decline of 

multinational continental empires; the 

economic balance of power; the politics of 

civilizations in the post–cold war world; the 

changing security environment and American 

national interests; and the U.S. military in 

post–cold war American society. Activities of 

the Olin Institute have also included the 

Program in Economics and National Security 

and the Harvard Russian Institute of 

International Affairs in Moscow. Topics of 

current research projects include the new 

strategic dynamics in Asia; the investigation of 

the biological bases of cognition, in order to 

better understand individual and group 

decision-making in international relations; 

American national identity and national 

interests; and the problem of internal and 

interstate wars, and ethnic violence. The 

Institute also sponsors several national security 

conferences and seminars and involves other 

scholars, as Olin Associates, in its activities. 


Institute hosted three predoctoral fellows, five 

postdoctoral fellows, one Bradley Fellow, one 

Air Force National Defense Fellow, and one 

Navy Federal Executive Fellow. Five faculty 

members from the Department of 

Government at Harvard and two from the 

Kennedy School of Government actively 

participated in the work of the Institute. 

The central administration of the Olin 

Institute in 2000–01 included Stephen Peter 

Rosen, director; Monica Duffy Toft, assistant 

director; Ann Townes, program coordinator; 

and Katie Gallagher, research assistant. Arman 

Grigorian chaired the National Security 

Studies Group in 2001–02. 

The John M. Olin Foundation provides the 

core funding for the Institute and its activities. 

In 2001–02, the Bradley Foundation, the Smith 

Richardson Foundation, and the Office of Net 

Assessment in the Office of the Secretary of 

Defense also provided support to the Institute. 

Additional funding was provided by the 

Weatherhead Center for International Affairs. 

Faculty Members 

During the 2001–02 academic year five faculty 

members from the Department of Government 

at Harvard and two from the Kennedy 

School of Government were involved in the 

work of the Olin Institute through active and 

regular participation in its seminars, study 

groups, and research projects. The Beton 

Michael Kaneb Professorship of National 

Security and Military Affairs is an endowed 

chair made possible by the generosity of Mr. 

John Kaneb. The Olin Institute administers the 

chair and provides support to its incumbent, 

Stephen Peter Rosen, who teaches in the 

Government Department, conducts his own 

research at the Institute, and serves as the 

director of the Institute. The Olin Institute 

supports a joint position, the holder of which 

is the assistant director of the Institute and an 

assistant or associate professor in either the 

Harvard Department of Government or the 


Monica Duffy Toft, appointed to the position 

in 1999, teaches in the area of strategy and 

national security at the Kennedy School, 

conducts research at the Institute, and helps 

direct its activities.

John M. Olin Fellows in 

National Security 

For over twenty years the Olin Institute and its 

predecessor program have appointed pre- and 

postdoctoral Fellows in National Security. 

Eight national security fellows and one Bradley 

Fellow were appointed for the 2001–02 

fellowship program. In addition, the Olin 

Institute hosted a lieutenant colonel in the U.S. 

Air Force, and a captain (select) in the U.S. 

Navy. Of the postdoctoral fellows, one was 

from Harvard, one from Princeton, one from 

Duke, one from the University of Virginia, and 

one from Stanford. Of the predoctoral fellows, 

one was from the University of Chicago, one 

from Columbia, and one from the University 

of North Carolina. One of the postdoctoral 

fellows will be teaching at Columbia next year. 

Of the remaining postdoctoral fellows, three 

will be taking additional postdoctoral 

fellowships, two at the Belfer Center for 

Science and International Affairs at Harvard, 

and one at the Mershon Center at Ohio 

University. Two of the predoctoral fellows will 

continue their research as dissertation fellows, 

one at the Belfer Center for Science and 

International Affairs at Harvard, and another 

at the U.S. Army’s Center for Military History. 

The remaining predoctoral fellow will 

continue her research through the University 

of Chicago. The Bradley fellow will be a 

dissertation fellow at the Belfer Center for 

Science and International Affairs at Harvard. 

National Security Studies Group 

For over a decade the Olin Institute and its 

predecessor program have sponsored the 

National Security Studies Group, a weekly 

seminar for Weatherhead Center affiliates with 

an interest in strategic studies. The seminar 

series gives speakers the opportunity to present 

published and unpublished papers, as well as 

works-in-progress. During the 2001–02 

academic year, Arman Grigorian chaired the 

seminar group. The schedule for the year was 

as follows: 

September 17 

“State Exit from the International System,” 

Tanisha Fazal, postdoctoral fellow, Olin 

Institute. 

September 24 

“Ideology, Threat Perception, and Great 

Power Politics,” Mark Haas, postdoctoral 

fellow, Olin Institute. 

October 1 

“Pride, Prejudice, and Plutonium: 

Explaining Decisions to Acquire Nuclear 

Weapons,” Jacques Hymans, postdoctoral 


October 15 

“Attracting Trouble: Democracy and the 

Targeting of Militarized Disputes,” 

Christopher Gelpi, professor of political 

science, Duke University. 

October 22 

“Do Great Powers Balance Against 

Hegemonic Threats?” Jack Levy, professor 

of political science, Rutgers University. 

October 29 

“Symptom or Disease: Arms Races and 

the causes of War,” Benjamin Runkle, 

Bradley Fellow, Olin Institute. 

November 5 

“Determinants of Military Capability,” 

Stephen Biddle, professor of political 

science, University of North Carolina. 

November 12 

“Cooperation for Victory: Democracy, 

International Partnership and State War 

Performance,” Ajin Choi, postdoctoral 


November 19 

“Hurting When Unable to Help: Third 

Party Intervention and the Escalation of 

Violence Against Minorities,” Arman 

Grigorian, predoctoral fellow, Olin 

Institute. 

November 26 

“Combat Experience and Response: 

American Infantrymen in the War for 

Independence, the Civil War, and the 

Second World War,” Christopher 

Hamner, predoctoral fellow, Olin 

Institute. 

December 3 

“Human Rights and Transitional Justice,” 

Jack Snyder, professor of political science, 


December 10 

“A Strategic Model of Alliance Politics,” 

Curtis Signorino, professor of political 

science, University of Rochester. 

February 4 

“The Evolution of Support and 

Opposition to American Military 

Spending,” Benjamin Fordham, State 

University of New York, Albany. 


February 11 

“Why States Believe Foolish Ideas,” Steven 

Van Evera,MIT. 

February 25 

“Geopolitics Reconsidered: Constitutional 

Emergence in the Middle Ages,” Deborah 

Boucoyannis, Olin Institute. 

March 4 

“The Impact of Incentives, Hostile 

Communication and Sex Differences in a 

Simulated Crisis Experiment,” Rose 

McDermott, Cornell University. 

March 11 

“Bismarck’s Barricade: The Strategic 

Character of Standing Alliances in 

Nineteenth Century Europe,” Jeffrey 

Ritter, Rutgers University. 

March 18 

“Alliance Loyalty, Abandonment and 

Betrayal,” Peter Liberman, Queen’s 

College. 

April 1 

“Territorial and Boundary Disputes in 

Latin America and the Caribbean, 

1990–01,” Jorge Domínguez,Harvard 

University. 

April 8 

“The Homeland,” Hein Goemans,Duke 

University. 

April 15 

“Continuing the Evolution: Creating an 

Aerospace Expeditionary Force Training 

Center,” Michael Trapp, Olin Institute. 

April 22 

“Keeping the Peace,” Page Fortna, 


April 29 

“The Political Economy of Grand 

Strategy,” Kevin Narizny, Olin Institute. 

May 6 

“Delegitimizing the Bomb: International 

and Domestic Origins of the Nuclear 

Taboo,” Nina Tannenwald,Brown 

University. 

May 8 

“Net Centric Warfare,” Thomas Culora, 

Olin Institute. 

May 13 

“Strategic Action and Emotion in Ethnic 

Conflict,” Roger Petersen,MIT. 

Other Meetings and Seminars 

November 5 

“Faces of Terrorism,” Jessica Stern, 

lecturer, John F. Kennedy School of 

Government. 

December 3 

“Radical Islam,” Emmanuel Sivan, 

Hebrew University of Jerusalem. 

February 26 

“The Balance of Israel’s National Security 

and its Evolving New Strategy,” Uzi Arad, 

Institute of Policy and Strategy, Israel. 

March 18 

“Peacekeeping in East Timor and 

Australia’s Contribution to Regional 

Security,” Alan Ryan, Australian Army’s 

Land Warfare Studies Centre. 

May 5 

“Knowing One’s Enemy: The Case of 

Terrorists,” Nathaniel Howell, former U.S. 

Ambassador to Kuwait; Jessica Stern, 

lecturer, John F. Kennedy School of 

Government; Martin Kramer, editor, 

Middle East Quarterly; and Michael G. 

Vickers, Center for Strategic and 

Budgetary Assessments. 

Economics and National 

Security Program 

The Olin Institute has long recognized the 

importance of the study of economics in the 

study of national security. Ethan B. Kapstein 

ran the Economic and National Security 

Program at the Olin Institute for several years. 

Following the departure of Professor Kapstein, 

however, the Institute’s Economic and National 

Security Program was suspended, for lack of 

the right person to direct the Program. In 

2001, an arrangement was worked out to have 

Professor Jonathan Kirshner of Cornell 

University, a former Olin Fellow, take over this 

Program. Professor Kirshner has done 

pathbreaking work on the role of finance and 

monetary power in national security and on 

the role of economic and financial crises as 

causes of war. A speaker series was the 

principal activity of the Economics and 

National Security Program during the 2001–02 

academic year. The focus of the series was Asia 

and, in particular, on what the prospects were 

for growth and other economic changes in 

different states in the region over the next ten 

years or so, and how these changes might affect 

the balance of power and other securityrelated 

issues.

October 19 

“Russia and Asia: Dilemmas of Power, 

Geography, Demography, and Identity,” 

Andrew Kuchins, director of the Russian 

and Eurasian Program at the Carnegie 

Endowment for International Peace. 

November 2 

“Economics and Security in U.S. – Japan 

Strategy: Past, Present, and Future,” 

David L. Asher, senior advisor for East 

Asian and Pacific Affairs, U.S. Department 

of State. 

February 21 

“Allies, Armaments, and Abandonment,” 

Ethan B. Kapstein, Stassen Professor of 

International Peace at the University of 

Minnesota. 

March 15 

“Economic Interdependence and 

Security in the Taiwan Strait,” 

Thomas Christensen, professor of 

political science at MIT. 

Conference on U.S.–Chinese 

Interactions 

March 26–28 

Continuing the work begun in 2000 with the 

China Forum, and continued in July 2001, 

Professor Stephen Peter Rosen worked to 

further develop a research program with the 

Party University of the Communist Party of 

China focusing on “U.S.–PRC Strategic 

Interactions.” Five types of interaction have 

been identified for in-depth work: state-tostate 

interaction; economic interaction; social 

interaction; computer network interaction; 

and public health interaction. In July of 2001, 

members of the Party University and Olin 

Institute scholars met in Cambridge to discuss 

initial work in several of these areas. The 

delegations met again in March 2002 to focus 

on the issue of Chinese behavior in crises and 

the possible role of nuclear weapons. 

Air Warfare Center and Nellis Air 

Force Base Excursion 

April 24–27 

Organizer: Michael I. Trapp, lieutenant 

colonel, U.S. Air Force 

The excursion to the Air Warfare Center 

introduced the fellows to military service 

issues, combat capabilities, current issues and 

future capabilities. The trip began with a flight 

on a C-130 Hercules tactical transport aircraft 

to Andrews Air Force Base in Washington, DC, 

where the fellows boarded a KC 135 

Stratotanker for the trip to Las Vegas. In-flight 

refueling capabilities were demonstrated en 

route where the fellows observed and took part 

in a refueling of a F-16 Fighting Falcon 

aircraft. At Nellis Air Force Base, the fellows 

received briefings and demonstrations on the 

Warfare Center mission, the Fighter Weapons 

School, and other Air Force capabilities. The 

fellows visited and received demonstrations 

from the Search and Rescue Squadron and the 

U.S. Air Force Thunderbirds aerial 

demonstration squadron. They also received 

briefings on soviet weapons capabilities. 

Wianno Summer Study 

June 17–23 

The annual Wianno Conference run by the 

Olin Institute addressed the issue of how 

recent work by historians and literary analysts 

could help improve our understanding of the 

cultural dimension of the Chinese perspective 

on world affairs. The work of scholars who 

have studied Qing dynasty/Manchu China was 

particularly informative, and contributed to an 

improved understanding of how Chinese 

leaders have thought about the problems of 

managing a multi-ethnic empire since the 17th 

century. The results of the study have been 

presented to the director, Office on Net 

Assessment, and to senior Defense Department 

officials. 

Olin Institute Program Members 

Stephen Peter Rosen, director 

Monica Duffy Toft, assistant director 

Ann Townes, program coordinator 

Katie Gallagher, research assistant 

NATIONAL SECURITY FELLOWS 

Deborah Boucoyannis 

Ajin Choi 

Thomas Culora 

Tanisha Fazal 

Arman Grigorian 

Mark Haas 

Christopher Hamner 

Jacques Hymans 

Kevin Narizny 

Benjamin Runkle 

Michael Trapp 

Olin Institute Faculty Affiliates 

Lars-Erik Cederman 

Samuel Huntington 


Iain Johnston 

Andrew Kydd 

Monica Duffy Toft 

Stephen Peter Rosen 

Stephen Walt 

Olin Institute Associates 

Robert Art 

Thomas Christensen 

Charles Cogan 

Eliot Cohen 

Michael Desch 

Shinju Fujihira 

Joseph Joffe 

Jonathan Kirshner 

Rose McDermott 

Daryl Press 

Allan Stam 

Ward Thomas 

Future Of War Seminar 

The Olin Institute, the Belfer Center for 

Science and International Affairs at the 

Kennedy School, and the MIT Security Studies 

Program will continue to co-sponsor the 

Future of War Seminar Series. This seminar, 

attended by faculty members, senior graduate 

students, and senior staff members from both 

MIT and Harvard, explores the ways in which 

preparation for war, as well as the causes and 

conduct of warfare, will change in the post– 

cold war era. 

November 5 

“Faces of Terrorism,” Jessica Stern, faculty 

affiliate of the Belfer Center for Science 

and International Affairs and a lecturer in 

Public Policy at the KSG. 

April 9 

“The ‘CNN’ Effect,” Rick Kaplan,former 

president of CNN. 

STUDENT PROGRAMS 

Graduate Student Associates 

In 2001–02, the Center selected twenty 

graduate students from the Departments of 

Anthropology, Economics, Government, 

Harvard Law School’s S.J.D. program, History, 

History and East Asian Languages, Inner Asian 

and Altaic Studies, Middle Eastern Studies, and 

Population and International Health to be 

graduate student associates (GSAs). Their 

dissertation topics included, among others, the 

political economy of Islamic Finance in the 

Arab Gulf; ethnic identity in postsocialist 

Macedonia; Cold War international history; 

relationships between child health and 

subsequent morbidity and mortality in the 

West Africa Sahel region; China’s one-child 

policy as a modernization strategy and its 

effects on society and individuals; the Middle 

East peace process; the role of law in economic 

development; and post-civil war cultures and 

societies in transition. GSAs met 

approximately bimonthly, over lunch or 

breakfast, to present and discuss their 

dissertation research. 

In addition, professionalization talks by 

Harvard faculty and staff were arranged 

specifically for Graduate Student Associates. In 

late November Professor Elizabeth Perry talked 

to Graduate Student Associates about job 

interviewing and placement. Funds were made 

available by the Weatherhead Center to 

Graduate Student Associates on a competitive 

basis for short-term travel for dissertation 

research and for participation in conferences. In 

2001–02 graduate student associates were 

supported by Weatherhead Center funds to 

present papers at the annual meetings of the 

American Political Science Association, the 

Middle East Studies Association, and the Asian 

Studies Association. Graduate Student 

Associates supported the Center’s 

Undergraduate Associates by serving as mentors 

to thesis writing seniors and by attending senior 

thesis presentations in the spring. 

Devesh Kapur, associate professor of 

government, directs the Graduate Student 

Associate Program. Staff assistant, Clare 

Putnam, serves as coordinator of the program. 

Cemil Aydin served as the GSA representative 

on the Center’s Executive Committee. 

GSA SEMINAR SERIES 

Chairs: Gabriel Aguilera and Alexis Albion 

September 21 

“Chinese policies towards Japan prior to 

the outbreak of the Sino–Japanese War 

(1937–45),” Jinbao Qian, History and East 

Asian Languages. 

October 5 

“Asylum in Transition: Refugee Protection 

in Postcommunist Europe,” Oxana Shevel, 

Department of Government. 

October 12 

“Citizens and the State: Residents’ 

Committees in Urban China,” Ben Read, 

Department of Government.

October 26 

“Only Hope: Coming of Age Under 

China’s One-Child Policy,” Vanessa Fong, 

Department of Anthropology. 

November 9 

“Shrapnel, Shock Waves, and the Jungle of 

Laughter: The Psychiatric Construction of 

War ‘Trauma’ in Northern Vietnam,” 

Narquis Barak, Department of 

Anthropology. 

November 16 

“Cultural Autonomy in Family Law: 

between Cultural Survival and Individual 

Rights,” Durgham Mara’ee,Harvard 

University Law School. 

December 7 

“The Costs and Benefits of Joining a 

Currency Union,” Doireann Fitzgerald, 

Department of Economics. 

December 14 

“The Role of Religion in the Formation of 

the Modern Chinese Nation-state: Tibetan 

Buddhism in Republican China,” Gray 

Tuttle, Inner Asian and Altaic Studies. 

January 14 

“Multilingual States and Movements: A 

View from Guarani Country, Bolivia,” 

Bret Gustafson, Department of 

Anthropology. 

February 22 

“Situating Micro-Level Research in the 

Context of Childhood Illness, 

Malnutrition and Mortality: Toward 

Improved Identification of Children at 

Risk,” Mary Bachman, Population and 

International Health. 

March 8 

“Economic Integration and Cultural 

Resistance: Islamic Finance in the Arab 

Gulf,” Kristin Smith, Department of 

Government. 

March 15 

“War in the Hills: Favelas and the Political 

Imaginary in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil,” Ben 

Penglase, Department of Anthropology. 

April 5 

“The Dynamics and Outcomes of Military 

Coups D’État: Why is it that Some Coup 

Attempts Fail While Others Succeed ?” 

Naunihal Singh, Department of 

Government. 

April 12 

“On Constructing the Body, on 

Constructing the State: Between Tradition 

and Modernity in the Republic of 

Macedonia,” Vasiliki Neofotistos, 

Department of Anthropology. 

April 19 

“Global Markets, Global Rules: The 

Politics of International Regulatory 

Harmonization,” David Singer, 


May 3 

“Crises and Reforms: How Politics Shaped 

Banking Regulatory Policies in Mexico 

and Venezuela During the 1990s,” Gabriel 

Aguilera, Department of Government. 

GRADUATE STUDENT ASSOCIATES 

Gabriel Aguilera 

Alexis Albion 

Cemil Aydin 

Mary Bachman 

Narquis Barak 

Doireann Fitzgerald 

Vanessa Fong 

Bret Gustafson 

Durgham Mara’ee 

Vasiliki Neofotistos 

Joel Ngugi 

Tianshu Pan 

Ben Penglase 

Jinbao Qian 

Benjamin Read 

Oxana Shevel 

David Singer 


Kristin Smith 

Gray Tuttle 

SIDNEY R. KNAFEL DISSERTATION 

COMPLETION FELLOW 

This grant is named for Sidney R. Knafel, the 

chairman of the Center’s Visiting Committee 

in 1991–00. Gray Tuttle, a Ph.D. candidate in 

the Committee on Inner Asian and Altaic 

Studies, was the Center’s 2001–02 Knafel 

Fellow. His project is entitled “Culture in the 

Politics of Modern China: Chinese and Tibetan 

Buddhist participation in 20th century nationbuilding 

in Asia.” 


PREDISSERTATION GRANT RECIPIENTS 

The Center awarded eleven grants to Harvard 

doctoral degree candidates who were in the 

early stages of dissertation research projects 

related to international affairs. Funding for the 

grants came from the Weatherhead Center and 

the MacArthur Foundation. In most cases, the 

grants will be used during the summer for 

travel and other research related expenses. 

Alexis Albion 


Clara Han 

Kosuke Imai 

Jonathan Laurence 

Maria Martiniello 

Benjamin Olken 

Tashi Rabgey 

Maple Razsa 

Wendy Roth 

Jun Uchida 

FUNDING FOR GRADUATE STUDENT 

CONFERENCES 

Because of an increased number of requests 

for funding, the Weatherhead Center created 

an unprecedented official category of grants 

for graduate student conferences and 

workshops. Harvard graduate students 

enrolled in a doctoral program in the Graduate 

School of Arts and Sciences or one of the 

professional schools are eligible to apply, on a 

competitive basis, for financial resources for 

student conferences and workshops that 

address their interests in international affairs. 

The following five groups received funding for 

workshops and conferences: 

Graduate Student Workshop 

— Organized by graduate students from the 


Political Parties and Democratic Governance 

in Mexico 

— Harvard University Mexican Association 

Graduate Student International History 

Conference 

— Organized by graduate students from the 

Department of History. 

Islam in America 2002 

— The Harvard East Asia Society 

Undergraduate Student Programs 

SUMMER TRAVEL GRANTS 

Weatherhead Center Summer Travel Grants were 

awarded to Harvard undergraduates to support 

senior thesis research in international affairs. 

Thirteen students, representing the 

departments of East Asian Studies, English and 

American Language and Literature, 

Environmental Science and Public Policy, 

Government, History, Social Studies, and 

Sociology, received travel grants and were 

named Undergraduate Associates of the 

Center. Their research topics included such 

questions as how political actors in two Indian 

states manage diverse constituencies via their 

development strategies; the Delmas Treason 

Trial in South Africa through access of trial 

documents and conducting interviews of 

participants of the trial; research in London on 

three small British colonies (Aden, Cyprus, and 

Zanzibar) to test current theories as to the 

cause and culture of imperialism; an 

exploration of the causes of supremacy of civic 

over ethnic nationalism in the political 

discourse of Vojvodina, the northern province 

of the Republic of Serbia; a study of the social 

and political basis of successful stabilization 

and adjustment in Mauritius; and 

Americanization and its effect on social protest 

in Colombia and Panama, 1945–64. 

In the spring, students presented their 

findings at a Weatherhead Center-sponsored 

public seminar series. Graduate Student 

Associates of the Center who served as 

mentors to the undergraduates throughout the 

academic year chaired these seminars. 

Undergraduate Student Programs are 

directed by Wendy E.F. Torrance, assistant 

dean of freshmen at Harvard. Clare Putnam 

serves as coordinator of the program. 

SUMMER TRAVEL GRANT THESIS 

PRESENTATIONS 

February 11 

“Ethnic Tolerance in the Balkans: The 

Origins and Effects of Civic Nationalism 

in Vojvodina, Yugoslavia,” Jovana Vujovic, 

Government Department. 

“Extrajudicial Civil Dispute Mediation in 

China Decline and Institutional Reform,” 

Ting Wang, Government Department. 

“German Colonialism in China, focusing 

on the German colonial imagination and 

orientalism as it applied to the leasehold 

in Qingdao,” Xiao Wu, East Asian Studies. 

Chair: Ben Read, Ph.D. candidate, Government

February 13 

“The Delmas Treason Trial: Treason Law 

and Legal Rhetoric in Apartheid South 

Africa,” Jean Han, Department of English 

and American Literature and Language. 

Chair: Joel Ngugi, S.J.D. candidate, Harvard 

Law School 

February 19 

“The Crucible of Free Trade: Popular 

Reactions to the 1860 Cobden-Chevalier 

Treaty and the development of economic 

consciousness,” Alex Athanassiou, History 

Department. 

“The Irresistible Call of the Nile: Liberal 

Imperialism and British Expansion in East 

Africa, 1878–1896,” Matthew Milikowsky, 

History Department. 

“Whose Lens of Focus: Health Care Policy 

and the Approach to Breast Cancer in the 

U.S. and Britain,” Bianca Gwinn, 

Sociology Department. 

Chair: Alexis Albion, Ph.D. candidate, History 

Department 

February 20 

“The Role of Anti-U.S. Campaigns in the 

Student Movements of Panama and 

Colombia, 1958–1971,” Robinson 

Ramirez, History Department. 

“Politics or Athletes? South Africa’s 

Struggle for Olympic Legitimacy from 

1962 to 1970,” Sarah Stapleton, History 

Department. 

Chair: Cemil Aydin, Ph.D. candidate, History 

and Middle Eastern Studies 

February 21 

“Study of the Social and Political Basis of 

Successful Stabilization and Adjustment in 

Mauritius,” Albert Cho, Social Studies 

Department. 

“Technological Developments: The 

Computerization of Subregistrar Offices 

in Hyderabad, India,” Paven Malhotra, 

Social Studies Department. 

“Institutional Patterns of Conflict in 

Global Whaling Regulation,” Sameer 

Doshi, Department of Environmental 

Science and Public Policy. 

Chair: Naunihal Singh, Ph.D. candidate, 

Government Department 

UNDERGRADUATE INITIATIVE GRANTS TO 

STUDENT GROUPS 


Weatherhead Center offered undergraduates at 

the University financial resources to organize 

projects on their own that address their 

interests relating to international affairs. 

Grants of up to $1,000 were awarded to 

Harvard student groups on a competitive 

basis. Awards could be used to support speaker 

series; study groups; special seminars with 

faculty, fellows, or visiting scholars; 

conferences with an explicit undergraduate 

focus; event related publications or supplies; or 

any number of ideas that students propose to 

benefit the Harvard undergraduate 

community. 

During the 2000 fall semester, the Center 

gave a grant to the Woodbridge Speaker 

Series for their annual lecture. The Harvard 

Society of Arab Students received a grant to 

fund a variety of projects that sought to 

educate Harvard students about Arab peoples 

and issues including speakers, panels, and 

films. The Center gave a grant to the Project 

for Asian and International Relations for a 

speaker panel. The Harvard International 

Monitoring and Action Group received a 

grant to fund their Profiles and Web-based 

Viewslinks that aim to inform the Harvard 

student community about international issues 

and the people behind them. The 

Intercollegiate Taiwanese American Students 

Association received a grant toward their 

annual undergraduate conference. The Center 

gave a grant to the Freshman Seminar on the 

Latin American Political and Economic 

Landscape for their class trip to Nicaragua to 

study the political situation after the elections. 

The Harvard Rwanda Project received a grant 

to support a research trip for six undergraduates 

to study Rwanda’s transitional justice 

system. 

UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH WORKSHOPS 

The Weatherhead Center offered a series of 

workshops to undergraduates all focusing on 

various aspects of completing a thesis, 

including thesis topic exploration, proposal 

and grant writing, field research, and 

international travel. 

In October, Donald Halstead, writing 

facilitator, Weatherhead Center Fellows 

Program and Writing Instructor, Harvard 

School of Public Health, presented 

undergraduates with an overview of the 

writing process. In late November, Jorge I. 

Domínguez, professor of government and 

director of the Weatherhead Center, spoke to 

undergraduates on selecting a thesis topic, 

writing a prospectus, and choosing an advisor. 

In February, Jim Cooney, the Center’s 


executive director, talked to undergraduates 

about writing the grant proposal. In addition 

to giving tips on writing a successful grant 

proposal, Dr. Cooney also spoke about 

examples of proposals and topics the Center 

seeks to support. In May, a final workshop 

featured a panel of three Center Graduate 

Student Associates who spoke to undergraduates 

about field research techniques. 

Naunihal Singh (Government), Bret 

Gustafson (Anthropology), and Kristin Smith 

(Government), spoke to the undergraduates 

about interviewing techniques, quantitative 

research methods, archival research, and 

general tips on research in a foreign country. 

STUDENT COUNCIL 

The Weatherhead Center Student Council, an 

organization of Harvard undergraduates, 

serves as a liaison between the Weatherhead 

Center community and the undergraduate 

student body. Its goal is to provide a variety of 

meaningful opportunities for undergraduates 

to learn about international affairs by working 

closely with Center affiliates and international 

affairs practitioners. The Student Council, 

largely self-governed, is divided into four 

committees: Fellows, Regional Studies, Special 

Events, and Speaker Events, all geared to 

increase student exposure to current topics in 

international affairs. 

The Fellows Committee worked with the 

Weatherhead Center Fellows in sponsoring a 

series of dinner talks in the undergraduate 

houses. Limited to a small number of students, 

the talks drew on the practical experiences of 

the Fellows and allowed students to discuss 

topical issues in international affairs with 

individuals who have a working knowledge of 

current events. The Regional Studies 

Committee organized panels that focused on a 

particular region of the world and were meant 

for a broad audience. This subcommittee is 

also the outreach arm of the Student Council 

for engaging other student groups and which 

frequently co-sponsors events with other 

groups ranging from the Woodbridge Speaker 

Series to the South Asian Association. 

The Special Events Committee handled 

large events and organized study groups with 

the Weatherhead Center Fellows and other 

international relation experts at Harvard. This 

year the committee’s largest event was the 

International Careers Dinner. This event was a 

success for the Student Council and the Center 

with a turnout of over 75 students, Fellows, 

and invited speakers. The Student Council 

invited guests from outside as well as within 

the University to join the Fellows in discussing 

careers in international affairs. 

DINNER DISCUSSIONS 

September 24 

“The Art of Crisis Mismanagement,” 

Mark Dickinson, diplomat, Foreign and 

Commonwealth Office, British 

Ambassador to Macedonia, and 

Weatherhead Center Fellow. 

September 27 

“The Military After September 11: What Is 

The Future Of The U.S. Armed Forces?” 

Bill Griffin, U.S. Navy Commander, 

Commanding Officer, and Weatherhead 

Center Fellow. 

October 9 

“Sino–U.S. Relations: Encounter of Two 

Empires,” Jacques Pellet, diplomat, 

Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Deputy 

Consul General, Shanghai, and 


October 30 

“Instruments of National Power and 

Interagency,” Greg Kaufmann, U.S. Army 

Colonel, Director, Balkans Task Force, 

Office of the Secretary of the Defense, and 


December 11 

“Tackling Terrorism: The British 

Experience and the American Response,” 

Christopher Wright, civil servant, 

Ministry of Defense, Command Secretary, 

Headquarters, Royal Air Force Strike 

Command, and Weatherhead Center 

Fellow. 

March 18 

“Has the Nation-State Failed?” Glyn 

Morgan, professor of government and of 

social studies, and Oliver Hans 

Gerstenberg, John F. Kennedy Fellow of 

the Center for European Studies. 

May 1 

“Venezuela: Coup and Countercoup: 

Current and Future Prospects for Latin 

America,” Jorge I. Domínguez, director, 

Weatherhead Center for International 

Affairs and Clarence Dillon Professor of 

International Affairs, and Carlos Blanco, 

Weatherhead Center Fellow and director, 

Blanco and Associates Consultores, 

Caracas, Venezuela.

INTERNATIONAL CAREERS WEEK 

November 26–29 

“Careers In Public Administration and 

International Development and Overview 

of the MPA/ID Program at the Kennedy 

School,” Dani Rodrik, Rafiq Hariri 

Professor of International Political 

Economy and MPA/ID Program Chair; 

David Brown, lecturer in Public Policy, 

Kennedy School of Government, director 

of International Programs, Hauser Center 

for Nonprofit Organizations, KSG; Aimee 

Pease Fox, student programs coordinator, 

Center for International Development. 

November 26 

Discussion with Master in Public 

Administration/International 

Development (MPA/ID) students about 

careers in public administration and 

international development and MPA/ID 

program at the Kennedy School of 

Government from the leading Kennedy 

School professors and students in the 

program. 

“Careers in International Law,” Patricia 

Gable, U.S. lawyer, president, Gabel 

International, Montreal, and Weatherhead 

Center Fellow; Howard Zelbo, partner, 

Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen, and Hamilton; 

Cristina Posa, associate, Cleary, Gottlieb, 

Steen, and Hamilton; Peter Rosenblum, 

associate director, Harvard Human Rights 

Program; Michael E. Levine, adjunct 

professor of law, Harvard Law School. 

(Co-sponsored by the International Law 

Journal, Harvard Law School.) 

November 27 

“Careers in International Business,” 

discussion with MBA students from 

Harvard Business School who have 

substantial experience working in 

International Finance and Business. 

(Sponsored by the Weatherhead Center for 

International Affairs Student Council 

Undergraduate House.) 

“Careers in the Nongovernmental Sector.” 

(Co-sponsored with BHUMI.) 

November 28 

“Careers in International Journalism.” 

(Co-sponsored by the International 

Relations Council.) 

“Careers in Diplomacy.” 

International Careers Dinner 

Keynote speakers: 

Monteagle Stearns, author, “Talking to 

Strangers: Improving American Diplomacy at 

Home and Abroad,” U.S. Ambassador to 

Greece, 1976–1981, U.S. Ambassador to Ivory 

Coast, 1981–1985 Career Diplomat, U.S. 

Department of State. 

Lucy Reed, partner, Freshfields, Bruckhaus and 

Deringer, co-director, Claims Resolution 

Tribunal for Dormant Accounts in Switzerland 

(Holocaust Tribunal), lecturer, The Hague 

Academy of International Law. 

PANEL DISCUSSIONS 

October 4 

“International Terrorism and Islam,” 

William Graham, Murray A. Albertson 

Professor of Middle Eastern Studies, and 

professor of the history of religion; Sohail 

Hashmi, assistant professor of international 

relations, Mount Holyoke College, associate, 

Center for Middle Eastern Studies, Harvard 

University; J. Bryan Hehir, chair, executive 

committee, Harvard Divinity School, 

professor of the practice of religion in 

society; and Samuel Huntington, Albert J. 

Weatherhead III University Professor, 

chairman, Harvard Academy for 

International and Area Studies. 

October 16 

“Human Rights And Pursuit Of National 

Interest: Domestic Pressures and 

International Standards,” Anne-Marie 

Slaughter, director of graduate and 

international legal studies at Harvard Law 

School and J. Sinclair Armstrong Professor 

of International, Foreign and Comparative 

Law; Michael Ignatieff, director, Carr 

Center of Human Rights Policy, professor 

of the practice of human rights policy; 

and J. Bryan Hehir, chair, executive 

committee, Divinity School, Professor of 

the Practice of Religion in Society. 

November 13 

“The Forgotten Impact Of The Anti- 

Terrorism Champignon Politics And 

Regional Security In Central Asia,” Dr. 

John Schoeberlein, Director of Forum for 

Central Asian Studies, Harvard University; 

Dr. Kelly McMann, researcher at the Davis 

Center for Russian Studies, Harvard 

University; and Dr. Yusup Magdiev, 

diplomat, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 

head U.S. and Canada Division, Tashkent 

and Weatherhead Center Fellow. 


April 25 

“Financing International Development: 

The Monterrey Conference and Beyond,” 

Richard N. Cooper, Maurits C. Boas 

Professor of International Economics; 

Jeffry Frieden, Stanfield Professor of 

International Peace; and Devesh Kapur, 

associate professor of government. 

FACULTY LUNCHES 

October 17 

“A Democratic EU: Reality or Vision?” 

Andrew Moravcsik, professor of 

government and director of the European 

Union Center, Harvard University. (Cosponsored 

with the Woodbridge Speaker 

Series.) 

October 31 

“Global Culture in the 21st Century: 

Reality or Utopia,” Jeffrey Fleishman, 

Fellow, Nieman Foundation Foreign 

Correspondent for The Philadelphia 

Inquirer; Owais Aslam Ali,Fellow, 

Nieman Foundation Chairman, Pakistan 

Press International; Marc Shell, Irving 

Babbit Professor of Comparative 

Literature and Professor of English and 

American Literature and Language. (Cosponsored 

with the Woodbridge Speaker 

Series.) 

November 13 

“Challenges of European Integration: EU 

Enlargement and the Euro,” Marion 

Draghi, chairman, Economic and 

Financial Committee, European Union 

(2000–01) director general, Italian 

Treasury (1991–00), executive director, 

World Bank and Affiliates (1984–1990); 

Manfred Scheich, lecturer on European 

affairs, Diplomatic Academy, Vienna 

Austrian Ambassador to the European 

Union (1995–98); Xavier Lewis, France 

and United Kingdom international civil 

servant, Commission of the European 

Union, member of the legal service, 

Brussels, and Weatherhead Center Fellow; 

and Viktor Mayer-Schoenberger, assistant 

professor of public policy, Kennedy School 

of Government. (Co-sponsored with the 

Woodbridge Speaker Series.) 

November 19 

“The New World Order: U.S. At the 

Crossroads,” Richard Rosecrance, 


California, at Los Angeles, adjunct 

professor, Kennedy School of 

Government, former member, Policy 

Planning Council, Department of State; 

Greg Kaufmann, U.S. Army colonel, 

director, Balkans Task Force, Office of the 

Secretary of Defense, Washington, DC, 

and Weatherhead Center Fellow; and 

George Haynal, diplomat, Department of 

Foreign Affairs and International Trade, 

assistant deputy minister of the Americas, 

Ottawa, and Weatherhead Center Fellow. 

FACULTY DINNERS 

November 1 

“Integrating Europe: Challenges of 

Enlargement and Introduction of the 

Euro,” Bernard Snoy, member, Board of 

Directors of the European Bank for 

Reconstruction and Development 

(1994–present), executive director of the 

World Bank and Affiliates, for Austria, 

Belarus, Belgium, Czech Republic, 

Hungary, Kazakhstan, Luxembourg, 

Slovakia, Slovenia, and Turkey (1991–94). 

November 13 

“Old Europe, New Problems: Euro And 

Enlargement,” Guenter Grosche, secretary, 

European Economic and Financial 

Committee, European Union Executive 

Director, IMF (1984–90). 

December 12 

“Changing Face of Europe: Institutional 

Developments and the Democratic 

Deficit,” Jerome Vignon, principal adviser 

to Romano Prodi, the president of the 

European Commission, author, white 

paper on European Governance, European 

Commission. 

STUDY GROUPS 

November 5 

“Understanding the Middle East: 

Searching for Answers in the Political 

History of the Region,” Jay Harris,Harry 

Austryn Wolfson Professor of Jewish 

Studies. 

November 12 

“Globalization: What Does it Mean, Who 

Controls it (If Anyone), and Does it Even 

Exist?” Brian Palmer, lecturer with the 

Center for European Studies. 

December 4 

“The Sustainability Of Democracy In 

Latin America: Perspectives of the Past, 

Implications for the Future,” and “The 

Resurgence of Neo-Authoritarian regimes

in Latin America,” Carlos Blanco, 

economist and political analyst, director, 

Blanco & Asociados Consultores, Caracas, 

Venezuela, and Fellow, Weatherhead 

Center for International Affairs. 

December 6 

“Impact of U.S. Foreign Policy on Latin 

America,” Jorge I. Domínguez, director, 



International Affairs. 

HUMAN RIGHTS WEEK 

April 29 

Panel discussion: “The Emerging Regime 

on Human Rights: Current and Future 

Prospects,” Jacqueline Bhabha,executive 

director, University Committee on Human 

Rights Studies; former human rights 

lawyer, the European Court of Human 

Rights; David Little, T.J. Dermot Dunphy 

Professor of the Practice in Religion, 

Ethnicity, and International Conflict; 

director, Center for the Study of Values in 

Public Life; Sarah Sewall,program 

director, Carr Center for Human Rights 

Policy; and deputy assistant secretary of 

defense for Peacekeeping and 

Humanitarian Assistance (1993–96). 

April 30 

Panel discussion: “Restoring Decency: 

Human Rights in South Asia,” K. 

Sritharan, fellow, Human Rights 

Program, Harvard Law School; founder, 

Jaffna University Teachers for Human 

Rights, Sri Lanka; G. Balachandiran, John 

F. Kennedy School of Government; J. 

Mathew, organismic and evolutionary 

biology. (Co-sponsored with the South 

Asian Association.) 

May 1 

Panel discussion: “Organizing against 

Oppression: Human Rights in Africa,” L. 

Mushayakarara, executive chair, Institute 

for the Advancement of Freedom, 

Zimbabwe; E.K. Quashigah,fellow, 

Human Rights Program, Harvard Law 

School; faculty of law, University of 

Ghana; Peter Rosenblum,lecturer, 

Harvard Law School. (Co-sponsored with 

the Harvard African Students Association.) 

May 2 

Dinner discussion: “Asian Values? Human 

Rights in East Asia,” Lobsang Sangay, 

Tibetan activist and S.J.D. candidate, 

Harvard Law School. 

Dinner discussion: “Whither Justice? 

Human Rights in the Middle East,” Eva 

Bellin, associate professor of government; 

Ahmed El-Gaili, president emeritus, 

Society of Arab Students; president 

emeritus, Justice for Palestine, J.D. 

Candidate, Harvard Law School. 

The 2001–02 Weatherhead Center Student 

Council, with over 200 undergraduate 

members, was lead in the fall 2001 semester by 

board members Matthew Rojansky ‘02 and 

Leonid Peisakhin ‘03, co-presidents; Lindsay 

Hyde ‘04, secretary; Trevor Dryer ‘01, 

treasurer; Nicolaus Petri ‘02, Fellows 

Committee chair; Jennifer Hsiao ‘04 and 

Agatha Glowacki ‘02, Regional Studies 

Committee co-chairs; Erica Westenberg ‘02, 

Ashwini Vasantakumar ‘04, and Alex 

Berenberg, Special Events Committee cochairs; 

and Bernd Beber ‘04, Speaker Events 

Chair. In the spring 2002 semester, the Council 

was lead by Anthony Arnold ‘04 and Ashwini 

Vasanthakumar ‘04, co-presidents; Anna Joo 

‘04 and Todd Schulte ‘04, special events chairs; 

David Kessler ’04 and Nathaniel Berner ‘03, 

regional studies chairs; and Jackie Shull ’04, 

Fellows chair. 

UNDERGRADUATE ASSOCIATES 

Alex Athanassiou 

Albert Cho 

Sameer Doshi 

Rohit Goel 

Bianca Gwinn 

Jean Han 

Paven Malhotra 

Matthew Milikowsky 

Robinson Ramirez 

Sarah Stapleton 

Jovana Vujovic 

Ting Wang 

Xiao Wu 

TRANSNATIONAL SECURITY 

MacArthur Transnational 

Security Program 

From 1995 through 2001, the MacArthur 

Program was conducted jointly between the 

Weatherhead Center and MIT’s Center for 

International Studies. The program was 

funded by a generous grant from the 

MacArthur Foundation, and the funds were 

used to support seminars, student and faculty 

grants, and mentorships. The two working 


groups of the program focused on different 

aspects of transnational security: one on 

economic security issues and the other on 

religious conflict, ethnic conflict, and 

migration and refugee issues. Faculty chairs 

were J. Bryan Hehir, William Keller (MIT), 

Kenneth Oye (MIT), Dani Rodrik, and 

Stephen van Evera. Since 2000–01 was the last 

full year of funding for the MacArthur 

Program, the seminars did not continue 

beyond that academic year. The remaining 

funds for the grant were used in 2001–02 to 

support five pre-dissertation grants and one 

dissertation grant. 

MACARTHUR TRANSNATIONAL 

SECURITY PROGRAM SCHOLAR 

Doireann Fitzgerald, Department of 

Economics. 

PREDISSERTATION GRANTS 


Kosuke Imai 

Jonathan Laurence 

Benjamin Olken 

Wendy Roth 

U.S. FOREIGN POLICY SEMINAR 

In 2001–02 Weatherhead Center Associate Rob 

Paarlberg again chaired the U.S. Foreign Policy 

Seminar, which has been meeting continuously 

since 1974. The substantive focus of U.S. 

foreign policy was altered sharply this past year 

by the September 11 al Qaeda attacks on New 

York and Washington, DC. The attacks did 

little, however, to change the central thematic 

debate surrounding U.S. policy, which 

remained focused on U.S. exceptionalism, and 

unilateralism. The U.S. foreign policy seminar 

in featured opening sessions on U.S. 

unilateralism in human rights and climate 

change policies. Sessions then followed on the 

U.S. response to international terrorism in the 

context of larger issues of U.S. global 

leadership, politics in Afghanistan, and the 

nature of the terrorist threat. Sessions were 

also held on new U.S. policy options regarding 

the Israeli–Palestinian dispute, and on the 

enduring issue of differing presidential policy 

leadership styles. Two important new books on 

U.S. foreign policy also were previewed by the 

authors, Andrew Bacevich and Joseph S. Nye, 

in separate seminar sessions this year. 

October 2 

“Why is U.S. Foreign Policy so 

Unilateralist? The Case of Human 

Rights,” Andrew Moravcsik, professor of 

government, Harvard University. 

October 23 

“Climate Change Policy and the Bush 

Administration: America and the Global 

Interest,” William Moomaw, professor of 

international environmental policy, 

Fletcher School. 

November 7 

“U.S. Foreign Policy: The Enduring 

Pursuit of Openness,” Andrew Bacevich, 

professor of international relations, 


December 5 

“The September 11 Attacks: Assessing the 

U.S. Response,” Gideon Rose, managing 

editor, Foreign Affairs. 

February 27 

“The Paradox of American Power: Why 

the World’s Only Superpower Can’t Go It 

Alone,” Joseph S. Nye, dean, Kennedy 


March 19 

“Assessing U.S. Policies in Afghanistan, 

Southwest Asia, and the Gulf,” Charles 

Dunbar, former U.S. Ambassador to 

Yemen and Qatar and Warburg Professor, 

Simmons College. 

April 2 

“Terrorism as Globalized Civil War,” 

Martha Crenshaw, professor of 

government, Wesleyan University. 

April 16 

“A New Approach to Israeli–Palestinian 

Peace: Externally Directed Separation,” 

Jerome Segal, senior research scholar, 

Center for International and Security 

Studies, University of Maryland. 

May 7 

“Reconsidering LBJ as a Foreign Policy 

Manager: Europe, Vietnam, and the 

Domestic Connection,” Francis Bator, 

Kennedy School of Government.

THE WEATHERHEAD CENTER SPONSORS AND CO-SPONSORS conferences, 

workshops, and seminars, ranging from narrowly focused academic meetings designed for specialists, 

to broad, open discussions of contemporary issues for government officials, representatives of the 

private sector, and other practitioners. In each case, these events are designed to disseminate 

information and ideas and to stimulate informed discussions. Events were hosted at Harvard 

University, unless otherwise noted. 

2001 

September 4-5 

Orientation for the Weatherhead Center for 


September 12 

International Economics Seminar, Fabio 

Ghironi, Boston College, “Net Foreign Assets 

and the Exchange Rate: Redux Revived.” 

September 18 

U.S.-Japan Seminar Series, Thomas Foley, 

former U.S. Ambassador to Japan and Speaker 

of the House of Representatives; “Japan and 

Koizumi Era.” 

September 19 

Benjamin Brown Memorial Service & Fellows 

Conference 

19: Workshop in Comparative Politics, 

Samuel Huntington, “The State and National 

Identity.” 

September 20 

Benjamin Brown Memorial Service & Fellows 

Conference 

20: The International Relations of the United 

States and the Bush Administration: The 

Challenges of this New Era, Professors Jorge 

Dominguez, Stanley Hoffmann, Joseph Nye, and 

others. This seminar has been planned to honor 

the memory of Benjamin Brown, director of the 

Fellows Program of the CFIA from 1960 to 

1983, who passed away in June 2001. 

20: Harvard Africa Seminar, Samantha Power 

executive director, Carr Center for Human 

Rights, Kennedy School of Government; 

“Genocide in Rwanda: Why was the U.S. a 

Bystander?” 

20: WCFIA/CMES Middle East Seminar, 

Graham Fuller, Former Vice-Chairman of the 

National Intelligence Council, long-range 

forecasting; Resident Senior Consultant at 

RAND Corporation, “The Future of Political 

Islam.” 

September 21 

Joint International and History Workshops, 

Jeffrey Williamson, Professor of Economics, 

Harvard, “After Columbus: Explaining the 

Global Trade Boom 1500-1800.” 

CALENDAR OF EVENTS 

September 25 

U.S.-Japan Seminar Series, Henry Laurence, 

assistant professor of government and Asian 

studies, Bowdoin College, “Television in the 

Age of the Internet: NHK and the BBC in 

Comparative Perspective.” 

September 26 

Joint Development and International 

Workshops, Professor Wolfgang Keller, 

University of Texas at Austin, “Knowledge 

Spillovers at the World’s Technology Frontier.” 

26: Workshop in Comparative Politics,Jorge 

I. Domínguez, “Mexican Elections Campaign.” 

September 28 

South Asia Seminar, Professor Sugata Bose, 

Department of History, Harvard University, 

“Crucible of Conflict, Cradle of Peace: Kashmir 

in Historical Perspective.” (Co-sponsored with 

the Modern Asia Series, Asia Center.) 

October 1 

Director’s Seminar, Xavier Lewis, Yusup 

Magdiev, and Hany Salah Mostafa, 

Weatherhead Center Fellows, Moderator: 

Jorge Domínguez, Weatherhead Center 

Director, “The Terrorist Attack on the United 

States: Reactions from Abroad.” 

1: Reflections on the Long Term Effects of the 

September 11 Attacks, Panel Discussion with 

Weatherhead Center Faculty, Chair: Prof. Jorge 

I. Domínguez. 

October 2 

U.S.-Japan Seminar Series: Tetsuya Kataoka, 

research fellow, Hoover Institution on War, 

Revolution, and Peace, “Death by Constitution: 

How Japan Self-Destructed by Means of 

Pacifism.” 

2: Comparative Politics Seminar,Steve 

Levitsky, Assistant Professor of Government, 

Harvard University; Lucan A. Way, WCFIA 

Academy Scholar, Competitive 

Authoritarianism: Hybrid Regime Change in 

Peru and Ukraine in Comparative Perspective.” 

2: U.S. Foreign Policy Seminar, Andrew 

Moravcsik, Professor of Government, Harvard 

University, “Why is U.S. Foreign Policy So 

Unilateralist? The Case of Human Rights.” 


October 3 

Global Communications and International 

Relations Seminar: “Business and 

International Security,” Craig Mundie, Senior 

Vice President, Advanced Strategy, Microsoft 

Corporation, “Business and International 

Security.” Cosponsored by the Weatherhead 

Center for International Affairs and the 

Program on Information Resources Policy. 

3: Religion, Political Economy, and Society 

Seminar; Robert Putnam, The Peter and Isabel 

Malkin Professor of Public Policy, “Is Religion 

a Civic Resource?” 

3: International Economics Workshop,Diego 

Puga, assistant professor, University of 

Toronto, “From Sectoral to Functional Urban 

Specialisation.” 


Discussion of fieldwork techniques. 

3: Political Development, Professor Samuel 

Huntington, Harvard University, Government 

Department, Albert J. Weatherhead III 

University Professor, “The State and National 

Identity” 

October 4 

WCFIA/CMES Middle East Seminar, Rami 

Khouri, Nieman Fellow 2001-2002; Former 

Editor, The Jordan Times, “The Attack Against 

America: An Arab View.” 

4: WCFIA Open House for Undergraduates 

and All Center Affiliates 

October 5 

GSA Lunch Seminar 

5: Professor Harry Gelber speaks about his 

new book, “Nations Out of Empires: European 

Nationalism and the Transformation of Asia.” 

Professor Harry Gelber speaks about his new 

book, “Nations Out of Empires: European 

Nationalism and the Transformation of Asia” 

at the Harvard Book Store’s Friday Forum. 

October 8 

Ethics and International Affairs Seminar: 

Understanding September 11, Herbert Kelman 

and Roger Owen, “The Role of the Middle East 

Conflict.” 

October 9 

U.S.-Japan Seminar Series,Robert Fallon, 

former head, Asia-Pacific Division, J.P. Morgan 

Chase Bank, “The Financial Big Bang in Japan: 

Implications for Japan’s Political Economy.” 

9: Communist and Postcommunist Countries 

Seminar, Professor Martin Whyte, Department 

of Sociology, Harvard University; Professor 

Jorge I. Domínguez, Department of 

Government, Harvard University, “Marriage 

and the Family in the People’s Republic of 

China and Cuba.” 

9: Globalization and Culture Seminars, 

William Graham and Roy Mottahedeh, 

“September 11th and the Question of Islam.” 

October 10 

Round Table on “Terror and Its Aftermath: 

Japan’s Response.” Moderator: Susan Pharr, 

Professor of Government, and Director, 

Program on U.S.-Japan Relations; Ezra Vogel, 

Henry Ford II Research Professor of Social 

Science, and former Director, Asia Center; 

Tadamichi Yamamoto, Consul General of 

Japan, Boston; David Leheny, Professor of 

Political Science, University of Wisconsin at 

Madison, and former Regional Affairs Officer, 

Office of the Coordinator for Counterterrorism, 

U.S. Department of State; Andrew Gordon, 

Professor of History, and Director, Reischauer 

Institute of Japanese Studies. 

10: Interdisciplinary Faculty Seminar on 

European Integration, Jonathan Rodden, MIT, 

“Federalism and Fiscal Performance: Germany 

in Comparative Perspective.” 

10: Ethics and International Affairs Seminar: 

Michael Ignatieff, director, Carr Center for 

Human Rights at the Kennedy School, “Terror 

and Human Rights.” 

10: International Economics Workshop, 

Professor Roberto Rigobon, MIT, “Measuring 

the Reaction of Monetary Policy to the Stock 

Market.” 


Stephen Hanson, “Time, Space, and 

Institutional Change in Eastern Europe.” 

October 12 

GSA Lunch Seminar 

October 15 

South Asia Seminar, Mr. Yogendra Yadav, 

Director, Institute for Comparative 

Democracy, Centre for the Study of 

Developing Societies, New Delhi, India, 

“Electoral Politics and Party System in 

Contemporary India.” 

15: PICAR Seminar, Samantha Power, 

Executive Director, Carr Center for Human 

Rights Policy, Kennedy School of Government, 

Harvard University, “A Problem from Hell: 

America and the Age of Genocide.” 

15: Canada Seminar, John McCallum, MP, 

Markham; former chief economist of the Royal 

Bank, “Canada in North America: A Reluctant 

Bride.”

October 16 

U.S.-Japan Seminar Series, William Kelly, 

professor of anthropology and Sumitomo 

Professor of Japanese Studies, Yale University, 

“Ichiro Fever: Baseball and U.S.-Japan Relations.” 

16: Weatherhead Center Seminar on Ethics 

and International Affairs: Bryan Hehir, 

Professor of the Practice of Religion in Society, 

“Politics, Strategy, and Ethics: Shaping the 

Equation.” 

October 17 

Religion, Political Economy and Society 

Seminar, Reginald Bibby, “Restless Gods: The 

Renaissance of Religion in Canada.” 


Doreanne Fitzgerald, Harvard University, 

“Optimal Monetary Policy in an Open 

Economy.” 


Masaru Miyano, “Generation and Electoral 

Change in Japan.” 

October 18 

Middle East Seminar, Constance Mayer, 

Senior Middle East analyst, Bureau of 

Intelligence and Research, Near East/South 

Asia Division, U.S. Department of State, “U.S. 

Policy and the Israeli-Palestinian Crisis.” 


European Integration, Kalypso Nicolaidis, 

associate professor of public policy, KSG, “The 

Future of European Debate: Thinking Outside 

the Box.” 

October 19 

Economics and National Security Seminar, 

Andrew Kuchins, director of the Russian and 

Eurasian Program at the Carnegie Endowment 

for International Peace, “Russia and Asia: 

Dilemmas of Power, Geography, Demography, 

and Identity.” 

October 22 

Interdisciplinary Faculty Seminar on 

European Integration, Heinz Gaertner, 

University of Vienna and Stanford University, 

“European Security Integration, NATO and the 

Transatlantic Link.” 

22: PICAR Seminar, Eileen Babbitt, The 

Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy, Tufts 

University; David Fairman, Consensus 

Building Institute; Herbert Kelman, Director, 

PICAR; Adil Najam, Boston University; Hugh 

O’Doherty, Center for Public Leadership, 

Kennedy School; Pamela Steiner, PICAR; 

Moderator: Donna Hicks, Deputy Director, 

PICAR, “After the Attacks, Then What?” 

October 23 

U.S. Foreign Policy Seminar, Professor 

William Moomaw, Fletcher School; Discussant: 

Professor Beth DeSombre, Wellesley College. 

“Climate Change Policy and the Bush 

Administration: America and the Global 

Interest.” 

23: U.S.-Japan Relations Program 

Distinguished Visitor Lecture, Sadako Ogata, 

former UN High Commissioner for Refugees, 

now Scholar in Residence, Ford Foundation, 

“Global Humanitarian Crises and Japan.” 

23: Harvard Academy Dinner 

23: U.S.-Japan Relations Distinguished 

Visitor Dinner 

October 24 

Undergraduate Research Workshop-thesis 

writing process, Donald Halstead, writing 

facilitator, WCFIA Fellows Program, and 

instructor, Harvard School of Public Health. 

24: Seminar on Ethics and International 

Affairs, J. Brian Atwood is president of 

Citizens International, and former 

administrator of the United States Agency for 

International Development (USAID). 

24: International Economics Workshop, Juan 

Carlos Hallak, Harvard University, “The Effects 

of Cross-country Differences in Product 

Quality on International Trade Flows.” 


Elizabeth Perry, “Tactical use of Emotions 

during the Chinese Revolution”; Jens Rydgren, 

“Radical Right Populism in the EU.” 

October 25 

Harvard Africa Seminar, Jeffrey Herbst, 

professor of politics and international affairs, 

Princeton University, “Why and How Rebels 

and Solders Fight in Africa.” 

25: WCFIA Sherry Hour 

October 26 

South Asia Seminar, Devesh Kapur, 

Department of Government, Harvard 

University; Adil Najam, Department of 

International Relations, Boston University; 

Robert Travers, Department of History, 

Harvard University; Moderator: Sugata Bose, 

Department of History, Harvard University, 

“The Aftermath of September 11: Implications 

for South Asia.” 

26: Transition and Truth in Chile, José 

Zalaque, professor of human rights at the Law 

School of the University of Chile, Santiago, 

“Transition and Truth in Chile.” 


October 30 

Steering Committee Meeting, Weatherhead 

Center for International Affairs 

30: U.S.-Japan Seminar Series, James Auer, 

director, Center for U.S.-Japan Studies and 

Cooperation, Vanderbilt Institute for Public 

Policy Studies, “Are the Bases Loaded? The 

Future of U.S.-Japan Security Relations.” 

30: Seminar on Ethnicity, Culture, and 

Change, Thomas Barfield, professor and 

chairman of the Department of Anthropology 

at Boston University; author of The Central 

Asian Arabs of Afghanistan and co-author of 

Afghanistan: An Atlas of Indigenous Domestic 

Architecture, 

“Afghanistan: Concluding a War that Wins a 

Broader Peace in Central Asia.” 

October 31 


Relations Seminar, Dianne Northfield, senior 

analyst, Global Regulatory Strategies, The 

Yankee Group, “Key Regulatory Issues in the 

Communications Sector - Global and Regional 

Overview.” 

31: Religion, Political Economy and Society 

Seminar, Martin Marty, Fairfax M. Cone 

Distinguished Service Professor Emeritus of 

the History of Modern Chrisianity, The 

University of Chicago, “The Future of World 

Fundamentalism.” 

31: Seminar on Ethnicity, Culture and 

Change, Karen Beckwith, visiting scholar at 

PONSACS/WCFIA and professor of political 

science at the College of Wooster, “Women, 

Gender, and Nonviolence in Collective Action.” 


Professor John McLaren, University of 

Virginia, “Globalization and Insecurity.” 

31: Workshop in Comparative Politics,Maria 

Dimitrova Popova, “Judicial Behavior and Rule 

of Law in Russia.” 

31: Political Development, Michael Herzfeld, 

Department of Anthropology, Harvard 

University, “What the State Does Not See and 

Would Really Rather Not Know.” 

November 1 

Seminar on Ethics and International Affairs, 

Amir Attaran, adjunct lecturer in public policy, 

Center for International Development, John F. 

Kennedy School of Government, “Treating 

AIDS in Poor Countries: What are the 

Barriers?” 

1: Comparative Politics Seminar, Co-chaired 

by Professors Jorge Domínguez and Devesh 

Kapur, “India’s Institutions and Economic 

Performace.” 

1: Middle East Seminar, Carne Ross, Head of 

the Middle East Section, United Kingdom 

Mission to the United Nations, “An Inside 

View of the UN and Iraq.” 

1: Visions of European Governance Lecture, 

Alex Reyn, Ambassador of Belgium to the 

United States, and Jean De Ruyt, Ambassador, 

Permanent Representative of Belgium to the 

United Nations, and Bernard Snoy, Member of 

the Board of Directors of the European Bank 

for Reconstruction and Development (EBRD), 

London, representing Belgium, Luxembourg 

and Slovenia, “Key Belgian Perspectives on the 

Belgian EU Presidency.” 

November 2 


David L. Asher, Senior Advisor for East Asian 

and Pacific Affairs at the Department of State, 

“Economics and Security in US-Japan 

Strategy: Past, Present, and Future.” 

November 5 

Director’s Seminar, WCFIA Fellows, Rolf 

Nikel (Germany), Takaaki Kojima (Japan), and 

Carlos Blanco (Venezuela). Moderator: Jorge I. 

Dominguez, Clarence Dillon Professor of 

International Affairs and Director, 

Weatherhead Center, “The Challenge for World 

Leaders: Governing after September 11.” 

5: U.S.-Japan Seminar Series, Hisashi Owada, 

director, Japan Institute of International 

Affairs, and former Permanent Representative 

of Japan to the United Nations, “Japan and 

East Asia on the Threshold of the 21st 

Century.” 

5: Future of War Seminar, Jessica Stern, 

lecturer in public policy, Kennedy School of 

Government, “Faces of Terrorism.” 

November 6 

U.S.-Japan Seminar Series, Kazuo Nukazawa, 

Former Japanese Ambassador to Hungary and 

Senior Managing Director, Keidanren, now 

Professor, Josai International University, “Post- 

Socialist Transitions in Eastern Europe: The 

View from Tokyo.” 

Co-sponsored by the Fellows Program 

November 7 


Relations Seminar, Philip Evans, Senior Vice 

President, The Boston Consulting Group, “The 

Next Five Years: Some Emerging Principles of 

Business Strategy.” Cosponsored by the


and the Program on Information Policy 

Research. 

7: Workshop in Comparative Politics,Hillel 

Soifer, “State building, History and Rural 

Politics in Peru”; William Phelan, “Domestic 

Politics and International Competition.” 

7: “New Approaches to Managing Environmental 

and Natural Resource Conflicts in Latin 

America,” Yolanda Kakabadse, Graduate 

School of Forestry and Environmental Studies, 

Yale University; founder and president, 

Fundación Futuro Latinoamericano; President, 

World Conservation Union (IUCN); president, 

Geneva International. 

November 13 

Harvard Africa Seminar,Bill Berkeley, 

editorialist, New York Times; adjunct professor 

of international and public affairs, Columbia 

University; senior fellow, World Policy 

Institute, New School for Social Research, “The 

Graves Are Not Yet Full: Race, Tribe, and 

Power in the Heart of Africa.” 

13: U.S.-Japan Seminar Series, Ming Wan, 

associate professor, Department of Public and 

International Affairs, George Mason 

University, “The U.S.-Japan-China Triangle: 

The Issue of Human Rights.” 

November 14 

Religion, Political Economy, and Society 

Seminar, Mark Chaves, Professor of Sociology, 

University of Arizona, “Congregations and 

Social Services: Holistic Approaches, Prophetic 

Voices, and Other Myths.” 

14: Visions of European Governance 

Seminar, Gunter Grosche, Secretary of the 

European Economic and Financial Committee, 

European Commission, “Can the Euro and 

European Integration still Succeed?” 

14: International Economics Workshop, Dalia 

Marin, Ludwig-Maximilian-Universitat 

Munchen, “Power Inside the Firm and the 

Market: A General Equilibrium Approach.” 


Naunihal Singh, “Ghanaian Coup Dynamics”; 

Pauline Jones-Luong, “Energy, Wealth, and 

Institution Building.” 

November 15 

Harvard Africa Seminar, A. Babatunde 

Thomas, Nigerian Presidential Adviser on 

Human Resources, Science and Technology; 

visiting scholar, Harvard Center for 

International Development, “The Mobilization 

of Nigeria’s Human Resources.” 

15: Middle East Seminar, Helga Baumgarten, 

associate professor of political science, Bir Zeit 

University, “Transformations in the Arab 

World: Empirical Studies, Theoretical 

Deliberations.” 


European Integration, Ambassador Manfred 

Scheich, Former Austrian Permanent 

Representative to the European Union, “The 

Functioning of the Enlarged European Union: 

Reforming Institutions and Operating 

Procedures.” 

November 16 

Joint International and History Workshop, 

Ronald Findlay, professor of economics, 

Columbia University, “Population and Prices 

from Black Death to the Price Revolution.” 

November 17 


Economic Policy (PIEP), Organizers: Jeffry 

Frieden, professor of government, Harvard 

University and Kenneth Shepsle,George D. 

Markham Professor of Government, Harvard 

University. 

Session I: “Majoritarian Electoral Systems and 

Consumer Power: Price-Level Evidence from 

the OECD Countries,” Ronald Rogowski and 

Mark Kayser, political science, University of 

California at Los Angeles. 

Discussant: Daniel Diermeier, Kellogg School 

of Management, Northwestern University. 

Session II: “Federalism and Democracy: Self- 

Enforcing Equilibria,” Barry Weingast, 

political science, Stanford University. 

Discussant: David Austen-Smith, political 

science, economics, and management and 

strategy, Northwestern University. 

Session III: “Does Democracy Engender 

Equality?” John Roemer, political science, Yale 

University. 

Discussant: James Robinson, political science, 

University of California at Berkeley. 

Session IV: “The Welfare State in the United 

States and Europe: Why So Different?” Alberto 

Alesina and Edward Glaeser, economics, 

Harvard University, and Bruce Sacerdote, 

economics, Dartmouth. 

Discussant: Dani Rodrik, Kennedy School of 


November 19 

Canada Seminar, Jack M. Mintz, president and 

CEO of C. D. Howe Institute, “Building a 

Framework for Smart Economic Policy.” 


19: Seminar on International Conflict 

Analysis and Resolution, Nava Sonnenschein, 

Founder and former director of the School for 

Peace, Neve Shalom, Wahat al Salam, Israel, 

“Power Relations and Identity Construction in 

Jewish-Palestinian Dialogues.” 

November 20 

Project on Justice in Times of Transition, 

Leonel Gomez , Investigator of the Bishop 

Gerardi Case in Guatemala. Moderator: Tim 

Phillips, co-founder of the Project on Justice in 

Times of Transition. “Understanding 

International Terrorism and Organized Crime: 

Reflections on the Current Situation in 

Guatemala and El Salvador.” 

20: Communist and Postcommunist 

Countries Seminar, Anthony Saich, Kennedy 

School of Government, Harvard University; 

Grzegorz Ekiert, Government Department, 

Harvard University, State Sprawl in China and 

Eastern Europe.” 

November 26 

Seminar on International Conflict Analysis 

and Resolution, Oliver McTernan, 

Weatherhead Center Affiliate, “Greed, 

Grievance, or Creed: Their Role in 

Ethnoreligious Conflict.” 

November 27 

U.S.-Japan Seminar Series, David McConnell, 

associate professor of anthropology, College of 

Wooster, “Importing Diversity: Inside Japan’s 

JET Program.” 

November 28 

Seminar on Ethics and International Affairs, 

Joel P. Trachtman, Professor of International 

Law and Academic Dean, Fletcher School of 

Law and Diplomacy, Tufts University, “Trade, 

Ethics, and International Legal Positivism.” 

28: Global Communications and 

International Relations Seminar, Alan J. 

Jakimo, Esq., Sidley Austin Brown & Wood, 

LLP, “Bioinformatics.” 

28: Religion, Political Economy, and Society 

Seminar, Edward Glaeser, Professor of 

Economics, Harvard University, “Education 

and Religion.” 


Taeyoon Sung, Harvard University, “Timing of 

International Technology Diffusion.” 


Shannon O’Neil Trowbridge, “The Efficacy of 

Latin American Bureaucracies”; Brian 

McGraw, “Religious Political Parties.” 

28: Political Development, Theda Skocpol, 

Victor S. Thomas Professor of Government 

and Sociology, Harvard University, “Patriotic 

Partnerships: Why Great Wars Nourished 

American Civic Voluntarism.” 

November 29 

South Asia Seminar, Jairam Ramesh, 

Secretary, Economic Cell of the All India 

Congress Committee (AICC), “India Still 

Matters: Economic Growth, Social 

Empowerment, Political Democracy, and 

Diversity in Modern India.” 

29: Middle East Seminar, Ilan Pappe, 

Professor of History, Haifa University, 

“Partition in Palestine Revisited: What is a Fair 

Solution?” 

29: Undergraduate Research Workshop, 

undergraduates are invited to a thesis 

workshop given by Jorge I. Domínguez, 

Director, Weatherhead Center for International 


International Affairs, who will talk to students 

about selecting a thesis topic and other related 

issues such as writing a prospectus, choosing 

an advisor, and thinking about field research. 

November 30 

Faculty Seminar on European Integration, 

Peter Katzenstein, Cornell University, 

“Globalization and European Regionalism.” 

December 3 

Director’s Seminar, Fellows Patricia Gabel and 

George Haynal, and Carlos Rico, Consul of 

Mexico, Mexican Consulate in Boston. 

Moderator: Jorge I. Domínguez, Director, 


and Clarence Dillon Professor of International 

Affairs, “A North American Community—The 

Road Ahead.” 


European Integration, Hubert Tworzecki, 

Emory University, “Closing God’s Playground: 

EU Membership and National Identity in East- 

Central Europe.” 

3: Canada Seminar, The Honorable Robert 

Keith Rae, former premier of Ontario, “Right, 

Left, and Centre: the State of Canada’s Parties.” 

3: Harvard Africa Seminar, Joseph Opala, 

Department of History, James Madison 

University. Land Lecture Hall, Kennedy School 

of Government, “Sierra Leone: A Domestic 

and International Human Rights Catastrophe.” 

December 4 

U.S.-Japan Seminar Series, Sachio Senmoto, 

founder, chair, and CEO, eAccess, “Japan’s

Information Technology Industry: Its 

Problems and Future.” 

4: Comparative Politics Seminar,Peter A. 

Hall; Daniel W. Gingrich, “Varieties of 

Capitalism and Institutional Complementarities 

in the Macroeconomy: An Empirical Analysis.” 

4: Globalization and Culture Seminar, 

Engseng Ho, Yossi Shain, and Tony Smith, 

“Diasporas and States: Transnational 

Entanglements.” 

December 5 

Seminar on Ethnicity, Culture, and Change, 

Maria Eugenia Choque, Aymara, Bolivia; 

Clemente Wilson, Taina Hedman, and 

Iguaibiliguina Hedman, Kuna, Panama; Jesus 

Avirama, Coconuco, Colombia, “Plan 

Colombia: An Indigenous Response.” 

5: U.S. Foreign Policy Seminar, Gideon Rose, 

managing editor, Foreign Affairs. Discussant: 

Stephen Walt, Robert and Renee Belfer 

Professor of International Affairs, Kennedy 

School of Government, “The September 11 

Attacks: Assessing The U.S. Response.” 


Gianmarco Ottaviano, associate professor, 

Universita di Bologna, “Home Market Effects 

and the (In)efficiency of International 

Specialization.” 

5: Workshop in Comparative Politics, Cindy 

Skach, “Constitutional Courts and 

Multiculturalism”; Lucan Way, “Market 

Producing Federalism in the Post-Soviet 

Economy.” 

December 6 

South Asia Seminar, David A. Washbrook, 

reader in Modern South Asian History, St. 

Antony’s College, University of Oxford, “India, 

Europe, and the Making of the Early Modern 

World, 1600-1800.” 

December 10 

PICAR Seminar, Carolyn Boyes-Watson, 

associate professor of Sociology and director of 

the Center for Restorative Justice, Suffolk 

University, “Does Restorative Justice have a 

Role in the Aftermath of September 11?” 

December 11 

U.S.-Japan Seminar Series, Christina Davis, 

advanced research fellow, Program on U.S.- 

Japan Relations, “Beyond Food Fights: How 

International Institutions Promote 

Agricultural Trade Liberalization.” 

December 12 


Seminar, Evelyn Lehrer, professor and director 

of undergraduate studies, Economics 

Department, University of Illinois at Chicago, 

“The Role of Religion in Economic and 

Demographic Behavior: Evidence from the 

U.S. National Survey of Families and 

Households.” 


Maria Silvana Tenreyro, Harvard University, 

“The Causes and Consequences of Currency 

Unions.” 

12: Workshop in Comparative Politics, Fiona 

Barker, “Immigration and the Welfare State”; 

Jacques Hymans, “Pride, Prejudice and the 

Bomb.” 

December 13 

Special Seminar, Timothy J. Colton, director, 

Davis Center for Russian Studies; Morris and 

Anna Feldberg Professor of Government and 

Russian Studies; Jorge I. Domínguez, director, 

Weatherhead Center for International Affairs; 

Clarence Dillon Professor of International 

Affairs, “After the Fall: Elections in Russia and 

Mexico in the 1990s and Beyond.” 

13: Visions of European Governance Seminar, 

Jerome Vignon, principal adviser, European 

Commission, “Improving Democratic 

Governance in the European Union.” 

December 14 

South Asia Seminar, Sudhir Kakar, senior 

fellow, Center for the Study of World 

Religions, Harvard Divinity School, “Culture 

and Psychology in the Kamasutra.” 

14: Research Group on Political Institutions 

and Economic Policy, Kathleen Bawn (Political 

Science, UCLA) and Frances Rosenbluth 

(Political Science, Yale University), 

“Representation as Agency Across Electoral 

Systems: How Electoral Rules Shape the 

Political Logic of Benefits and Costs.” 

Discussants: Tim Besley (Economics, LSE) and 

John Huber (Political Science, Columbia 

University). 

David Baron (Economics, Business, and 

Political Science, Stanford University), “Private 

Politics.” 

Discussants: James Alt (Government, Harvard 

University) and Nolan McCarty (Politics, 

Princeton University). 

J. Lawrence Broz (Political Science, UCSD), 

“The Domestic Politics of International 

Financial Rescues: Congressional Voting on 

Bailouts in the 1990s.” 

Discussants: Randall Kroszner (Economics and 

Business, University of Chicago; and 

Council of Economic Advisers) and Tom 

Romer (Politics, Princeton University). 


2002 

January 11–12 

Conference on the Measurement of Identity 

in the Social Sciences 

Chairs: Alastair Iain Johnston, Department of 

Government, Harvard University; Yoshiko 

Herrera, Department of Government, Harvard 

University; Rawi Abdelal, Harvard Business 

School; and Terry Martin, History 

Department, Harvard University. 

January 11 

“What is identity? (As we now use the word),” 

James D. Fearon, Department of Political 

Science, Stanford University. 

“Treating Identity as Variable,” Peter J. 

Katzenstein, Cornell University and Russell 

Sage Foundation. 

January 12 

“Theoretical Basis of Identity Measurement,” 

Peter J. Burke, Washington State University. 

“The Strains of Multiculturalism: A 

Framework for Analysis,” Paul Sniderman, 

Stanford University. “Workshop of 

Measurement of Identity in the Social 

Sciences,” Michael D. Young, Social Science 

Automotation, Inc. 

“Categorically Wrong? Nominal versus Graded 

Measures of Ethnic Identity,” Henry E. Brady, 

Department of Political Science, Goldman 

School of Public Policy, University of 

California at Berkeley and Cynthia Kaplan, 

Department of Political Science, University of 

California at Santa Barbara. 

January 18 

Weatherhead Center Seminar, Professor 

Thomas Risse, Center for Transatlantic Foreign 

and Security Policy, Free University of Berlin, 

“Arguing in Multilateral Negotiations: 

Preliminary Results from a Research Project.” 

January 30 

Workshop in Comparative Politics, Gabriel 

Aguilera, “Bankers, Voters and Politicians.” 

January 31 

Middle East Seminar, Shibley Telhami, Anwar 

Sadat Professor for Peace and Development, 

University of Maryland, “The Arab-Israeli 

Conflict: Do They Ever Learn?” 

February 1 

Joint Economic History Workshop and 

Harvard International Workshop, Professors 

Michael Clemens, Harvard University and 

Jeffrey Williamson, Harvard University, “What 

Explains the Tariff-Growth Paradox 1875-1997?” 

February 2 

Workshop in Comparative Politics, Jacques 

Hymans, “French Sociology of International 

Relations and 9/11”; Shannon O’Neil 

Trowbridge, “Welfare State Reform and State- 

Society Relations in Latin America.” 

February 4 

PICAR Seminar, Cynthia Cohen, director, 

Brandeis Initiative in Intercommunal 

Coexistence, Brandeis University, “Working 

with Integrity: Ethical Inquiry for 

Peacebuilders.” 

February 5 

U.S.-Japan Seminar Series, Ezra Vogel, Henry 

Ford II Research Professor of Social Science, 

and former director, Asia Center, “Sino-Japan 

Relations, 1947-2001.” 

5: Comparative Politics Seminar, Jeffrey 

Frieden, Stanfield Professor of International 

Peace, and S. Brock Blomberg, “Sustaining 

Fixed Rates: The Political Economy of 

Currency Pegs in Latin America.” 

February 6 


Seminar, Jonathan Fox, lecturer in the Political 

Studies Department, Bar Ilan University, 

Ramat Gan, Israel, “The Quantification of 

Religion for Cross-Sectional Analyses.” 

6: Workshop in Comparative Politics, Anna 

Gryzmala-Busse and Pauline Jones-Luong, 

“Reconsidering the State: Lessons from 

Postcommunism.” 

6: Political Development,Margaret Levi,Jere 

L. Bacharach Professor of International 

Studies, University of Washington at Seattle, 

“Trust in Transition: Implications for 

Governments and States.” 

February 7 

Middle East Seminar, Houchang Chehabi, 

professor of international relations and history, 

Boston University, “The Presidential Elections 

of 2001and the Khatami Presidency: Has 

Anything Changed?” 

7: Undergraduate Research Workshop - Grant 

Proposal Writing,Jim Cooney,executive 

director, Weatherhead Center for International 

Affairs. 

February 11 

Director’s Seminar, Fellows Kakhi Kenkadze 

(Georgia), Yusup Magdiev (Uzbekistan), Rolf 

Nikel (Germany), and former Fellow Garnik 

Nanagoulian (Armenia). Chair: Jorge I. 

Domínguez, Clarence Dillon Professor of 

International Affairs; director, Weatherhead

Center, “Russia and Its Neighbors: Uneasy 

Allies.” 

11: Canada Seminar, The Honorable Paul 

Cellucci, U.S. Ambassador to Canada, “U.S.- 

Canada Relations.” 

11: Undergraduate Thesis Research Seminar, 

Jovana Vujovic (Government), “Ethnic 

Tolerance in the Balkans: The Origins and 

Effects of Civic Nationalism in Vojvodina, 

Yugoslavia;” Ting Wang (Government), 

“Extrajudicial Civil Dispute Mediation in 

China Decline and Institutional Reform;” Xiao 

Wu (East Asian Studies), “German Colonialism 

in China: German colonial Imagination and 

Orientalism for the Leasehold in Qingdao.” 

Chair: Ben Read, Ph.D. candidate, 

Government. 

February 12 

U.S.-Japan Seminar Series, David Leheny, 

assistant professor of political science, 

University of Wisconsin at Madison, “Japan in 

the War on Terrorism in Asia.” 


Charles Cogan, W.R. Smyser, and Richard 

Solomon, “The Impact of Culture on How 

Countries Negotiate.” 

February 13 

Seminar in Ethics and International Affairs, 

Michael Hardt, Duke University, author of 

Gilles Deleuze: An Apprenticeship in Philosophy 

and coauthor with Antonio Negri of Labor of 

Dionysus: A Critique of the State-form and 

Empire, “Empire at War.” 


Pierre-Philippe Combes, Centre National de la 

Recherche Scientifique, “Transport Costs, 

Geography, and Regional Inequalities.” 


Rohit Goel (Social Studies), “Who Governs?: 

The Supreme Court and the Politics of 

Affirmative Action in India.” Jean Han 

(English and American Literature and 

Language), “The Delmas Treason Trial: Treason 

Law and Legal Rhetoric in Apartheid South 

Africa.” Chair: Joel Ngugi, S.J.D. candidate, 

Harvard Law School. 

13: Workshop in Comparative Politics, Cindy 

Skach, “Divided Majorities in the Fifth 

Republic and Rational Timing of Dissolution.” 

February 19 

Undergraduate Thesis Research Seminar, 

Alex Athanassiou (History): “The Crucible of 

Free Trade: Popular Reactions to the 1860 

Cobden-Chevalier Treaty and the 

Development of Economic Consciousness.” 

Matthew Milikowsky (History): “The 

Irresistible Call of the Nile: Liberal Imperialism 

and British Expansion in East Africa, 1878- 

1896.” Bianca Gwinn (Sociology): “Whose Lens 

of Focus: Health Care Policy and the Approach 

to Breast Cancer in the U.S. and Britain.” Chair: 

Alexis Albion, Ph.D. candidate, History. 

February 20 


Seminar, Laurence R. Iannaccone, professor of 

economics, Santa Clara University, “Looking 

Backward: Long-Run Religious Trends Across 

Thirty Nations.” 


Alberto Alesina, professor of economics and 

government, Harvard University, “The Political 

Economy of International Unions.” 


Robinson Ramirez (History); “The Role of 

Anti-U.S. Campaigns in the Student 

Movements of Panama and Colombia, 1958- 

1971.” Sarah Stapleton (History): “Politics or 

Athletes? South Africa’s Struggle for Olympic 

Legitimacy from 1962 to 1970.” Chair: Cemil 

Aydin, Ph.D. candidate, History and Middle 

Eastern Studies. 

20: Workshop in Comparative Politics,Ben 

Read, “China’s Neighborhood Committees and 

Their Constituents.” 

February 21 

U.S.-Japan Seminar Series, Glen Fukushima, 

president and CEO, Cadence Design Systems, 

and former president, American Chamber of 

Commerce, Japan, “What Lies Ahead for the 

Japanese Economy?” 

21: Economics and National Security 

Seminar, Ethan B. Kapstein, professor of 

economics and political science, Insead 

Business School, and Stassen Professor of 

International Peace, University of Minnesota, 

“Allies, Armaments, and Abandonment.” 

21: Middle East Seminar, Kanan Makiya, 

director, Iraq Research and Documentation 

Project, author of The Rock: A Tale of Seventh 

Century Jerusalem, “Fictionalizing the Story of 

Jerusalem’s Dome of the Rock.” 


Albert Cho (Social Studies): “The Relationship 

between Social Diversity and Economic 

Development in Mauritius.” 

Paven Malhotra (Social Studies): 

“Technological Developments: The 

Computerization of Subregistrar Offices in 

Hyderabad, India.” Sameer Doshi 

(Environmental Science and Public Policy): 


“Institutional Patterns of Conflict In Global 

Whaling Regulation.” 

Chair: Naunihal Singh, Ph.D. candidate, 

Government; Weatherhead Center 

Graduate Student Associate. 

February 22 

South Asia Seminar, Kanchan Chandra, 

assistant professor, Department of Political 

Science, MIT; Academy Scholar, Harvard 

Academy for International and Area Studies, 

Weatherhead Center, Harvard University, 

“Patronage Politics and Ethnic Politics in 

India.” 

February 25 

Program on U.S.-Japan Relations 

Roundtable, Yoshibumi Wakamiya, senior 

political writer, Asahi Newspaper (Asahi 

Shimbun), and author of The Postwar 

Conservative View of Asia, “Japan’s Current 

Ambivalence and Future: Between the Peace 

Constitution and Yasukuni Shrine.” 

25: PICAR Seminar, Nadim Rouhana, 

Professor of Sociology, Anthropology, and 

Psychology, Tel Aviv University, Israel, and 

founding director of “Mada - the Arab Center 

for Applied Social Research,” Haifa, Israel, “Is 

Reconciliation between Israelis and 

Palestinians Possible? A Non-rhetorical 

Question.” 

February 26 

U.S.-Japan Seminar Series, William Overholt, 

senior fellow, Asia Center, and former head of 

Asia Economics and Strategy, Nomura 

International, “Looming Financial Crises and 

Political-Economic Change in Japan and 

China.” 

26: PONSACS Seminar, Ernesto Borda, 

professor and director of the Institute of 

Human Rights and International Relations, 

Javeriana University, Bogota, Colombia; Dr. 

Luis Fernando de Angulo, Board of Directors, 

Institute of Human Rights and International 

Relations, Javeriana University, Bogota, 

Colombia; and Dr. Alvaro Campos, 

Commission for National Conciliation, “If 

Peace in Colombia, Then What? Participatory 

Democracy and Civil Society in the Peace 

Process and Beyond.” 

February 27 

Canada Seminar, Norman Jewison, filmmaker, 

producer, and director. Seminar and screening 

of Norman Jewison’s 1999 major motion film 

“The Hurricane.” 

27: International Economics Workshop,Oved 

Yosha, visiting associate professor of 

economics, Harvard University, “Monetary 

Policy in an Open Economy: The Differential 

Impact on Exporting and Non-Exporting 

Firms.” 

27: U.S. Foreign Policy Seminar, Joseph S. 

Nye, dean, Kennedy School of Government, 

Harvard University, “The Paradox of American 

Power: Why the World’s Only Superpower Can’t 

Go It Alone.” 

February 28 

Harvard Africa Seminar, Harry West, 

postdoctoral fellow, Institute for Social Policy 

Studies, Yale University; assistant professor, 

Graduate Faculty of Political and Social 

Science, New School for Social Research, 

“Sorcery and Democracy in Post-War 

Mozambique.” 

28: Communist and Postcommunist 

Countries Seminar, Tomothy Colton, 

professor, Department of Government, 

Harvard University; Roderick MacFarquhar, 

professor, Department of Government, “Boris 

Yeltsin, Deng Xiaoping, and Jiang Zemin.” 

March 5 

U.S.-Japan Seminar Series, Thomas Berger, 

associate professor of international relations, 

Boston University, “War, Guilt, and Memory: 

The ‘History Problem’ in Japan’s Foreign 

Relations.” 

March 6 


Seminar, Robert Barro, Robert C. Waggoner 

Professor of Economics, Harvard University, 

“Religiosity and Economic Variables in a Panel 

of Countries.” 

6: Workshop in Comparative Politics, Kristin 

Smith, “Politics of Islamic Finance.” 

6: Globalization and Culture Seminar, Philip 

Jenkins, “The Global Competition for 

Converts: Christianity vs. Islam.” 

6: Political Development, Akhil Gupta, 

Anthropology Department, Stanford 

University, “Spatializing States: Toward an 

Ethnography of Neoliberal Governmentality.” 

March 7 

Harvard Africa Seminar, Caroline Elkins, 

assistant professor of history, Harvard 

University, “Detention, Rehabilitation and the 

Destruction of Kikuyu Society during the Mau 

Mau Emergency.”

7: Middle East Seminar, Gadi Baltiansky, 


Government; media advisor to Prime Minister 

Ehud Barak, 1999-2000, Alon Ben-David, 


Government; Israeli Broadcasting Authority, 

head, News Defense Desk; Gidi Grinstein, 


Government; Secretary of the Israeli 

Negotiating Team for the Permanent Status 

Agreement, 1999-2001, “The Future of the 

Peace Process: Israeli Perspectives.” 

March 8 

South Asia Seminar, Asim Ijaz Khwaja, 

assistant professor, John F. Kennedy School of 

Government, Harvard University, “Can Good 

Projects Succeed in ‘Bad’ Communities? 

Collective Action and Local Public Goods in 

the Himalayas.” 

March 11 

U.S.-Japan Seminar Series, Yasuaki Onuma, 

professor of international law, University of 

Tokyo. Discussant: John Dower, professor of 

history, MIT, and author of the Pulitzer Prizewinning 

book, Embracing Defeat: Japan in the 

Wake of World War II, “Japan’s War Guilt and 

Postwar Responsibilities.” 

11: PICAR Seminar, Diana Chigas, director of 

Research and Evaluation, Conflict Management 

Group (CMG), Cambridge, “Grand Visions 

and Small Projects: Reflections on Measuring 

Effectiveness of Peace Building Initiatives.” 

March 13 

Ethics and International Affairs Seminar, 

David Rieff, author, Slaughterhouse: Bosnia and 

The Failure of the West and Humanitarianism, 

“Humanitarianism versus Human Rights?” 


David Weinstein, Carl S. Shoup Professor of 

Economics, Columbia University, “Bones, 

Bombs and Break Points: The Geography of 

Economic Activity.” 


Elizabeth Perry, “Armed Workers and the State 

in Modern China.” 

March 14 

Harvard Africa Seminar, Matthews Ojo, 

visiting lecturer, Center for the Study of World 

Religions, Harvard Divinity School; senior 

lecturer, Department of Religious Studies, 

Obafemi Awolowo University, Nigeria, “The 

Sharia Controversy: Religion and the 

Democratization Process in Nigeria.” 

14: Lecture Series on Australian Foreign 

Policy: “Shipwrecked in Arcadia: The 

Australian Experiment,” Paul Kelly, 

Weatherhead Center Visiting Scholar; 

Australian journalist and writer; former editorin-chief, 

The Australian, “Engagement with 

Asia: An Incomplete Project.” 

March 15 


Thomas J. Christensen, professor of political 

science, MIT, “Economic Interdependence and 

Security in the Taiwan Strait.” 

15: South Asia Seminar, Michael J. Bamshad, 

associate professor, Eccles Institute of Human 

Genetics, University of Utah, “Genetic 

Evidence on the Origins of Indian Caste 

Populations.” 

March 16 

Harvard Academy Conference: “Diasporas, 

Transnationality, and Global Conflict,” 

Sponsored by the Harvard Academy for 

International and Area Studies, Weatherhead 

Center for International Affairs. (For details on 

this event, please refer to the International and 

Area Studies section.) 

March 18 

Director’s Seminar, Fellows Mark Dickinson (U.K.), 

Xavier Lewis (France and U.K.), and Jacques 

Pellet (France). Moderator: Jorge I. Domínguez, 

Director, Weatherhead Center for International 

Affairs; Clarence Dillon Professor of 

International Affairs,“The Non-Event of the Euro?” 

18: PICAR Seminar and Middle East Joint 

Seminar, Dennis Ross, Distinguished Fellow 

and Counselor at the Washington Institute for 

Near East Policy; Special Middle East Envoy 

for the first Bush and Clinton Administrations, 

“The Future of the Middle East Peace Process.” 

18: Olin Institute for Strategic Studies 

Seminar, Dr. Alan Ryan, senior research fellow 

in the Australian Army’s Land Warfare Studies 

Centre, “Peacekeeping in East Timor and 

Australia’s Contribution to Regional Security.” 

18: Canada Seminar, Stephen Poloz, vicepresident 

and chief economist, Export 

Development Corporation, “Hemispheric 

Trade in the New Era of Uncertainty.” 

March 19 

U.S.-Japan Seminar Series, Yutaka Kawashima, 

adjunct lecturer, Kennedy School of 

Government, Harvard University; and former 

vice minister, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, “East 

Asia’s Security Environment at the Start of a 

New Century.” 



Policy: “Shipwrecked in Arcadia,” Paul Kelly, 



The Australian; “Dancing with 

America: Will the Music Ever Stop?” 

19: U.S. Foreign Policy Seminar, Charles 

Dunbar, Warburg Professor, Simmons College; 

former U.S. Ambassador to Yemen and Qatar, 

“Assessing U.S. Policies in Afghanistan, 

Southwest Asia, and the Gulf.” 

March 20 


Seminar, Roger Finke, professor of sociology 

and religious studies, Pennsylvania State 

University; director of the American Religion 

Data Archive, “Explaining the Human side of 

Religion: A Review of Initial Efforts.” 


Jeffrey Frankel, Harpel Professor of Capital 

Formation and Growth, Kennedy School of 

Government, Harvard University, “Is Trade 

Good or Bad for the Environment? Sorting 

Out the Causality.” 

20: PONSACS Seminar, Vincenzo Bollettino, 

post-doctoral fellow, PONSACS, “UN Conflict 

Early Warning: Future Prospects.” 


Masaru Miyano, “Japanese Electoral Change 

from the Point of Generation”; Hillel Soifer, 

“Towards Explaining State Strength in Latin 

America.” 

March 21 

Middle East Seminar, Michael Klare, Five 

College Professor of Peace and World Security 

Studies, Hampshire, Amherst, Smith, and 

Mount Holyoke Colleges and University of 

Massachusetts at Amherst, “The Geopolitical 

Dimensions of the War Against Terrorism.” 


Policy: “Shipwrecked in Arcadia,” Paul Kelly, 



The Australian; “Australia Beyond 

2001: Toward a New National Project.” 

March 27 


Relations Seminar, Alain Servantie, adviser to 

the DG Enlargement European Commission, 

Brussels, “Information Age in South Eastern 

Europe: An Historical Perspective.” 

April 2 

U.S.-Japan Seminar Series, Mireya Solis, 

assistant professor of politics, Brandeis 

University, “The Politics of Self-Restraint: FDI 

Subsidies and Japanese Mercantilism.” 

2: Comparative Politics Seminar, Cindy 

Skach, “Divided Minority Government and 

Democracy.” 

2: U.S. Foreign Policy Seminar, Martha 

Crenshaw, professor of government, Wesleyan 

University, “Terrorism as International Civil 

War.” 

2: Harvard Africa Seminar, Felton T. Earls, 

professor of human behavior and 

development, Maternal and Child Health, 

Harvard School of Public Health, “Human 

Development in East Africa: HIV/AIDS Impact 

on Children.” 

April 3 


Seminar, Harvey Mansfield, William R. Kenan, 

Jr., Professor of Government, Harvard 

University, “Machiavelli and Spinoza on the 

Theological-Political Problem.” 

3: Workshop in Comparative Politics, Fiona 

Barker, Prospectus Draft. 

April 4 

Harvard Africa Seminar, Ernest Aryeetey, 

Cornell Visiting Professor, Department of 

Economics, Swarthmore College; former deputy 

director, Institute of Statistical, Social and 

Economic Research, University of Ghana, “What 

are the Limitations of Conditionality in Making 

Aid Effective?: A Case Study from Ghana.” 

4: International Economics Seminar,Helene 

Rey, assistant professor, Princeton University, 

“Financial Globalization and Emerging 

Markets: With or Without Crash?” 

4: Middle East Seminar, Roger Owen, A. J. 

Meyer Professor of History, Harvard 

University, “The War on Terrorism and the 

World Recession: Economic Consequences for 

the Middle East.” 

April 5-6 


Developing World 

chairs: Steven Levitsky, faculty associate and 

assistant professor of government, Harvard 

University; and Gretchen Helmke, assistant 


Rochester. 

5: Welcome by Jorge I. Domínguez, director, 

Weatherhead Center for International Affairs

Introduction and Overview by Gretchen 

Helmke and Steven Levitsky 

Session I: Introductory Themes 

Speaker: Jack Knight, Washington University, 

“Informal Institutions and the 

Microfoundations of Politics.” 

Speaker: James Johnson, University of 

Rochester, “Opening Questions.” 

Speaker: Hans-Joachim Lauth, University of 

Mainz, Germany, “Special Relationships: 

The Different Impact of Informal 

Institutions on Various Democratic 

Institutions.” 

Discussant: John Carey, Washington 

University 

Session II: States, Markets, and the Rule of 

Law 

Speaker: Daniel Brinks, University of Notre 

Dame, “Informal Institutions and the Rule 

of Law: The Judicial Response to State 

Killings in Buenos Aires and Sao Paulo in 

the 1990s.” 

Speaker: Rudra Sil, University of Pennsylvania, 

“Negotiating A Fruitful Convergence 

Between The Formal And Informal: 

Institutions Of Work In Japan And Soviet 

Russia.” 

Speaker: Kathryn Hendley, University of 

Wisconsin, “Attitudes vs. Behavior: 

Towards an Explanation of the Use of Law 

by Russian Enterprises.” 

Discussant: Ashutosh Varshney, University of 

Michigan 

Session III: Clientelism and Corruption 

Speaker: Luis Medina, University of Chicago, 

“Clientelism as Political Monopoly.” 

Speaker: Robert Gay, Connecticut College, 

“Grappling with Clientelism: False 

Consciousness Strategy and 

Misrecognition.” 

Speaker: Keith Darden, Yale University, “Graft 

and Governance: Corruption as an 

Informal Mechanism of State Control.” 

Speaker: Andreas Schedler, FLASCO-Mexico, 

“The Formal Subversion of Informal 

Institutions: Secret Voting and Electoral 

Clientelism in Mexico.” 

Discussant: Melanie Manion, University of 

Wisconsin. 

Session IV: Democratic Institutions I 

Speaker: Dennis Galvan, University of Oregon, 

“Institutional Syncretism and Local 

Democracy in Senegal and in 

Comparative Perspective.” 

Speaker: Kathleen Collins, University of Notre 

Dame, “Clans as Political Variables: How 

Informal Institutions Shape Political 

Transitions.” 

Speaker: Lucan Way, Temple 

University/Harvard Academy, “The 

Informal Politics of Pluralism in Weak 

States: Moldova in Comparative 

Perspective.” 

Discussant: Cindy Skach, Harvard University 

5: South Asia Seminar, Anjini Kochar, assistant 

professor, Department of Economics, Stanford 

University, “Education and Institutional 

Change: Explaining India’s Low Schooling.” 

April 6 


Developing World (continued) 

Session V: Democratic Institutions II 

Speaker: Joy Langston, CIDE, Mexico, “The 

Formal Bases of Informal Power: Statute 

Battles in Mexico’s PRI, 1990–2000.” 

Speaker: Todd Eisenstadt, University of New 

Hampshire, “Trust But Verify: How 

Mexico’s Opposition Forced Electoral 

Dispute Resolution from Bargaining 

Tables to Courtrooms and Lived to Tell 

About it.” 

Speaker: Peter Siavelis, Wake Forest University, 

“Informal Institutions and 

Democratization: Theoretical Lessons 

from Chile.” 

Discussant: Maria Victoria Murillo, Yale 

University 

April 8 

PICAR Seminar, Eileen Babbitt, assistant 

professor of international politics and codirector, 

Center for Human Rights and 

Conflict Resolution, the Fletcher School of Law 

and Diplomacy, Tufts University, “Imagine 

Coexistence: Evaluating Progress on Refugee 

Reintegration in Bosnia and Rwanda.” 

April 9 

Program on U.S.-Japan Relations 

Roundtable, Kazuo Aichi, senior fellow, Asia 

Center, and former director general of the 

Defense and Environment Agencies, “The 

Changing Balance of Power Between 

Politicians and Bureaucrats in Japan.” 

April 10–12 


Sustainable Development 

Chairs: William Clark, faculty associate and 


Harvey Brooks Professor of International 

Science, Public Policy and Human 

Development, John F. Kennedy School of 

Government; and Calestous Juma, director, 

Science, Technology and Innovation Program, 

Belfer Center for Science and International 

Affairs, Harvard University. 

10: Reception and dinner, Harvard Faculty 

Club 

10: International Economics Seminar,Pravin 

Krishna, associate professor, Brown University, 

“Foreign Lobbies and U.S. Trade Policy.” 


Samuel Huntington, “American National 

Identity.” 


Gurcharan Das, “Modern vs. Western: India 

Unbound.” 

April 11-12 

Transatlantic Perspectives on U.S.–EU 


and Cooperation 

Organized by: Robert Z. Lawrence and Michael 

Landesmann 

Welcome: James Cooney, executive director, 


Harvard University; Dieter Stiefel,executive 

chairman, The Schumpeter Society; Robert Z. 

Lawrence, Kennedy School of Government, 


Session I: Corporate Culture and Corporate 

Governance 

Chair: Dieter Stiefel, Vienna University , 

“Corporate Cultures and Governance: 

Ownership, Control and Governance of 

European and U.S. Corporations,” Colin 

Mayer, University of Oxford. 

“European Corporations, American Style?: 

Governance, Culture and Convergence,” 

Jeswald Salacuse, Tufts University. 

Discussants: Stefan Gueldenberg, Vienna 

University of Economics and Business 

Administration, and Robert Pozen, 

Kennedy School of Government, Harvard 

University. 

Session II: U.S.–European Trends in Welfare 

Systems, Labor Markets and Migration 

Chair: Dani Rodrik, Kennedy School of 

Government 

“Can the Egalitarian EU Compete with the 

Market-driven U.S.?” Richard Freeman, 

National Bureau of Economic Research and 


“Let Social Policy Models Compete and 

Europe Will Win,” Tito Boeri,Bocconi 

University. 

Discussants: David Elwood, Kennedy School 

of Government, Harvard University, Karl 

Pichelmann, European Commission, and 

Bernd Marin, European Centre for Social 

Welfare Policy. 

Session III: Government-Business Relationship 

Chair: Ira A. Jackson, director, Center for 

Business and Government 

“Government-Business Relations in the United 

States,” Roger B. Porter, Kennedy School of 


“Economic Policy in the U.S. and the EU: 

Convergence or Divergence?” Elie Cohen, 

CEVIPOF and Jean Pisani-Ferry, Conseil 

d’Analyse Economique. 

Discussants: Peter Hall, Center for European 

Studies, Harvard University, and Anton 

Pelinka, University of Innsbruk. 

Session IV: Comparative Economic Performance 

Chair: Robert Z. Lawrence, Kennedy School of 

Government 

“The New Economy in Europe and the United 

States,” Martin N. Baily,Institute for 

International Economics. 

“Comparative Economic Performance: The 

European View,” Karl Aiginger, Austrian 

Institute of Economic Research and Michael 

Landesmann, Vienna Institute for 

International Economic Studies. 

Discussants: Dale Jorgenson, Kennedy School 

of Government, Harvard University and 

Ignazio Visco, OECD. 

11: Program on U.S.-Japan Relations Panel, 

“Japanese Politics Today” Yukio Matsuyama, 

honorary chair, editorial board, Asahi 

Shimbun, “What Has Been Changing in Japan, 

and What Has Not.” Ethan Scheiner, advanced 

research fellow, Program on U.S.-Japan 

Relations, “Democracy Without Competition: 

Opposition Failure in One-Party Dominant 

Japan.” Jun Iio, professor of government, 

National Graduate Institute for Policy Studies, 

“Academics and Policy-Making: A Comparison 

of the United States and Japan.” 

11: 2002 Samuel L. And Elizabeth Jodidi 

Lecture, Justice Richard J. Goldstone, Judge of 

the South African Constitutional Court; chief 

prosecutor for war crimes tribunal in Rwanda; 

Weatherhead Center Fellow (1989), 

“International Terrorism: What International 

Criminal Law Can Do.”

11: Economics and National Security 

Seminar, Sanjaya Baru, Editor, The Financial 

Express, India. “The Strategic Consequences of 

India’s Economic Performance.” Sponsored by 

the John M. Olin Institute for Strategic 

Studies. 

11: Mobilizing Science and Technology for 

Sustainable Development (continued) 

“Constructing a global R&D system responsive 

to sustainable development: A workshop 

overview of challenges, opportunities and 

financing strategies.” William Clark, Kennedy 

School of Government, Harvard University. 

Session I: Mobilizing knowledge and 

technology. “How do we mobilize the most 

appropriate knowledge and technology to 

address a specific problem in a specific place?” 

Speaker: Mohamed Hassan, Third World 

Academy of Sciences 

Commentators: Akilagpa Sawyerr, Association 

of African Universities 

Lea Velho, Institute for New Technologies, 

United Nations University 

Session II: Flexibility and stability. “How do we 

build and fund research systems that are 

flexible and responsive to evolving problems 

yet durable and committed to problems that 

require cumulative research efforts and longterm 

learning before producing viable 

outcomes?” 

Speaker: Frank Alcock, Kennedy School of 

Government, Harvard University 

Commentators: Rosina Bierbaum, School of 

Natural Resources and Environment, 

University of Michigan; Bedrich Moldan, 

Environmental Centre, Charles University 

Session III: Priority Infrastructure. “What are 

the most critical components of S&T 

infrastructure that should be targeted for 

investment in capacity building and how do 

these critical components vary over time, 

place, and issue area?” 

Speaker: David Cash, Kennedy School of 


Commentators: Andrew Bennett, Department 

for International Development, United 

Kingdom; Mark Valentine, Cross-Cutting 

Programs, Packard Foundation 

Session IV: Augmenting Resources. “Given the 

pressing resource constraints in the public 

sector, how do we enhance access to private 

sector resources without necessarily privatizing 

the public domain?” 

Speaker: Calestous Juma, Kennedy School of 


Commentators: Francisco Sagasti, Agenda: Peru 

Greg Tosen, Development and Demonstration, 

ESKOM Research 

April 12 


Sustainable Development (continued) 

Session V: Working groups convene 

“Mobilizing knowledge and technology” 

Chair: José Sarukhán, National Autonomous 

University of Mexico (UNAM) 

Rapporteur: Gisbert Glaser, International 

Council for Science, France 

“Flexibility and stability” 

Chair: Ralph Chipman, Division for 

Sustainable Development, United Nations 

Rapporteur: Frank Alcock, Kennedy School of 


“Priority Infrastructure” 

Chair: Julia Marton-Lefevre, LEAD 

International, United Kingdom 

Rapporteur: David Cash, Kennedy School of 


“Augmenting Resources” 

Chair: Julia Novy-Hildesley, Lemelson 

Foundation 

Rapporteur: Nancy Dickson, Kennedy School 

of Government, Harvard University 

Session VI: Presentations of key 

recommendations and discussion: 

Wrap up remarks: 

Mohamed Hassan, Third World Academy of 

Sciences and InterAcademy Panel 

Gisbert Glaser, International Council for 

Science 

Robert Kates, Initiative on Science and 

Technology for Sustainability 

12: The Harvard Colloquium on 

International Affairs, “Globalization After 

September 11: Has Anything Changed?” 

12: Transatlantic Perspectives on U.S.–EU 


and Cooperation (continued) 

Session V: “Trade and International 

Investment” 


Government 

Paper: “Old and New Issues in EC–U.S. Trade 

Disputes,” Andre Sapir, European 

Commission. 

Paper: “Trade and Investment: An American 

Perspective,” Gary Hufbauer,Institute for 


International Economics and Frederic 

Neumann, Institute for International 

Economics. 

Discussants: Richard Cooper, Kennedy School 

of Government, Harvard University, and 

Wilhelm Kohler, Johannes Kepler 

University of Linz, “Issues of U.S.–EU 

Trade Policy.” 

Session VI: “The Euro And Designs For A New 

International Financial Architecture” 

Chair: Jeffry Frieden, Harvard University 

Paper: Adam Posen, Institute for International 

Economics 

Discussants: Barry Eichengreen, University of 

California at Berkeley, Ewald Nowotny, 

European Investment Bank (EIB), and 

Andre Sapir, European Commission. 

Panels: “The Future of EU–U.S. Economic 

Relations” 

“Macroeconomics” 


Government 

Panel: Jeffrey Frankel, Kennedy School of 

Government 

Mario Draghi, Vice Chairman, Goldman- 

Sachs International 

“U.S.–EU Relations” 

Chair: Eric Frey, University of New Orleans 

Panel: Stephen Walt, Kennedy School of 


Franz Vranitzky, Westdeutsche Landesbank 

April 13 

The Harvard Colloquium on International 

Affairs, “Globalization After September 11: 

Has Anything Changed?” 

April 16 

U.S.-Japan Seminar Series, Kim Reimann, 

advanced research fellow, Program on U.S.- 

Japan Relations, “Political Globalization and 

the Spread of Global Civil Society: 

International Environmental NGOs and the 

Case of Japan.” 

16: U.S. Foreign Policy Seminar, Jerome M. 

Segal, Center for International Security 

Studies, University of Maryland, author of 

“Creating the Palestinian State,” “How the 

United States Can Bring Peace to 

Israel/Palestine.” 

16: Comparative Politics Seminar, 

“Comparative Politics Field Seminar Syllabus 

Discussion.” 

April 17 

Religion, Political Economy and Society 

Seminar, Anthony Gill, Associate Professor of 

Political Science, University of Washington, 

“The Political Origins of Religious Liberty.” 

17: Workshop in Comparative Politics,Victor 

Shih, “Bureaucratic Politics and Failure of 

Banking Reform in China”; Naunihal Singh, 

“Military Coups from the Middle.” 

April 18 

Harvard Africa Seminar, Joel Barkan, 


Iowa; senior consultant on government, Public 

Sector Reform Unit, Africa Region, World 

Bank; resident fellow, Woodrow Wilson 

International Center. “Designing Better 

Electoral Systems for Emerging Democracies: 

Options for Kenya and South Africa.” 

18: Program on U.S.-Japan Relations Panel: 

“Japan’s Comprehensive Security Policy”: 

Shunji Izutsu, Japan Air Self-Defense Force, “A 

New National Defense Program Outline for 

the New Century”; Ken Sasaji, Ministry of 

Economy, Trade and Industry, “Economy and 

Security in Asia-Pacific”; Yoshiyuki Tsuji, 

National Police Agency, “The Globalization of 

Crime and Necessary Countermeasures.” 

Discussant: Professor Shinju Fujihira, Tufts 

University. 

18: Ethics and International Affairs Seminar, 

Stanley Hoffmann, Paul and Catherine 

Buttenwieser University Professor, Harvard 

University, “The World Today.” 

April 19-20 

A Demographic Study of the Partition of 

India: Is it Feasible? 

Chair Jennifer Leaning, Professor of 

International Health, Director of Program 

on Humanitarian Crises and Human 

Rights, Harvard School of Public Health 

The 1947 Partition of India constitutes one of 

the greatest mass population migrations in 

modern history. Despite the passage of 50 

years, the demographic consequences have not 

been systematically described or assessed. 

Undertaking a study to examine the 

demographic consequences of the Partition of 

India would require substantial commitment 

from a multidisciplinary team for a period of 

at least three years. The feasibility of such a 

study depends greatly upon what data sources 

are available or reconstructable. During the 

last year, a feasibility study has been conducted 

to assess the extent to which the requisite data 

are available and of sufficient quality to 

warrant consideration of a longer study. The

purpose of the workshop was to analyze the 

quality and availability of data collected thus 

far in order to determine the feasibility of 

conducting a larger, multi-year study. 

April 22 

Director’s Seminar, Fellows Christopher Wright, 

Greg Kaufmann, and U.S.-Japan Program 

Associate Shunji (Bert) Izutsu, Moderator: Jorge 

I. Domínguez, Director, Weatherhead Center, 

“Making Coalitions Work.” 

22: Canada Seminar, David Johnson, professor 

of economics, Wilfrid Laurier University, 

“Economic Perspectives on Recent Policy 

Changes in Canadian Education.” 

April 23 

Program on U.S.-Japan Relations Panel: 

“Revamping Japan’s Financial Industry”: Yoku 

Yamazaki, Ministry of Finance, “Reviving 

Japan’s Banks”; Kenji Nakai, Mitsubishi Trust 

and Banking Corporation, “Why Japanese 

Individuals Are Afraid to Invest in Stocks”; 

Hisanobu Sekine, Development Bank of Japan, 

“Regional Development Policy in Japan.” 

“Revamping Japan’s Financial Industry.” 

Discussant: Professor Henry Laurence, 

Bowdoin College. 

23: Paul Kelly, Editor-at-Large, The Australian 

newspaper, Marilyn Lake, Visiting Professor of 

Australian Studies at Harvard, Fred Schauer, 

Academic Dean, KSG and frequent visitor to 

Australia, “100 Years of Australian 

Nationhood.” Co-sponsored by the Harvard 

University Committee on Australian Studies 

and the Weatherhead Center for International 

Affairs. 

April 24 

International Economics Workshop, John 

Romalis, assistant professor, University of 

Chicago, “NAFTA’s Impact on North American 

Trade.” 

24: Workshop in Comparative Politics,Maria 

Dimitrova Popova, “Judiciary / Former 

Communist States”; Khaled Halmey, “Islamist 

Parties in Parliament.” 

April 25 


“Tackling Social and Economic Ills”; Ryuichi 

Kitano, Asahi Newspaper, “The Price of 

Isolation: A Comparison of Public Health 

Policy Toward Infectious Diseases in Japan and 

the United States”; Masami Hasegawa, 

Keidanren, “Regulatory Regimes: Competition 

versus Monopoly”; Fumitaka Machida, Japan 

Bank for International Cooperation, 

“Managing the Risk of Private Infrastructure 

Investment in Developing Countries.” 

“Tackling Social and Economic Ills.” 

Discussant: Professor Margarita Estevez-Abe, 

Government Department, Harvard University. 

25: Middle East Seminar, Guy Grossman, 

Masters Candidate, Department of History 

and Philosophy of Science and Ideas, Tel Aviv 

University; Lieutenant (Reserve- Paratroopers); 

and Member, Leadership Circle, Ometz 

le’Sarev, The Israeli Refusal Movement, “Israeli 

Army Refusers: Ethical and Ideological 

Underpinnings and Societal Responses.” 

Cosponsored by the Center for Middle Eastern 

Studies. 

April 26 

South Asia Seminar, K. Sivaramakrishnan, 

Assistant Professor, Department of 

Anthropology, University of Washington- 

Seattle, “Cosmopolitan Migrants: The Politics 

of Work and Identity in South India.” 

April 29 

Seminar on International Conflict Analysis 

and Resolution, Peter Uvin, Henry J. Leir 

Associate Professor of International 

Humanitarian Studies, Tufts University, 

“Ethical Choices in Post-conflict Agendas: The 

Role of International Development in Postgenocide 

Rwanda.” 

April 30 

U.S.-Japan Relations Seminar Series,Aaron 

Friedberg, professor of politics, Princeton, and 

Henry A. Kissinger Scholar, Library of 

Congress, “The Geopolitics of Asia Today.” 

30: Seminar on Ethnicity, Culture, and 

Change, A Discussion with: Rand Beers, 

International Narcotics Law and Enforcement 

Affairs, U.S. Department of State. Father 

Francisco de Roux, Program for Development 

and Peace in Magdalena Medio. Anders 

Kompass, United National High Commission 

for Human Rights in Colombia. Ellen Lutz, 

Center for Human Rights and Conflict 

Resolution, Fletcher School of Law and 

Diplomacy, Tufts University.Aleandro Santos, 

Semana, Colombian newspaper. Mark 

Schneider, International Crisis Group. 

Moderator: Joseph S. Nye Jr., Dean, John F. 

Kennedy School of Government. Arco Forum, 



Working Toward Peace.” Co-sponsored by the 

John F. Kennedy School of Government 

Institute of Politics, Harvard Law School 

Human Rights Program, the Program on 

Nonviolent Sanctions and Cultural Survival, 

the Project on Justice in Times of Transition, 


the Center for Public Leadership, the Edward 

S. Mason Program in Public Policy and 

Management, the Women and Public Policy 

Program, and the Colombian Colloquium of 

Graduate Students and Scholars at Harvard 

and MIT. 

May 1 


Seminar, Dr. Rachel McCleary, 

Director, Project on Religion, Political 

Economy and Society, Weatherhead Center, 

“Salvation and Economic Behavior.” 

May 2 


“Toward Greater Economic Competition”: 

Masaaki Sugimori, Tokyo Electric Power 

Company, “Japan’s Telecommunication 

Industry: Movements Towards Broadband 

Services”; Koichi Kuroda, Idemitsu Kosan 

Company, “Deregulating Japan’s Airline 

Industry”; Shinzo Nakatani, Tokyo Gas 

Company, “Building Natural Gas Pipelines in 

Japan.” 

2: Middle East Seminar, Judith Yaphe, Senior 

Research Professor, Institute for National 

Strategic Studies, National Defense University, 

“U.S.-Iraq Policy: Is Regime Change in Iraq’s 

Future?” Cosponsored by the Center for 

Middle Eastern Studies. 

May 3 


Relations Seminar, Mark Nadel, Attorney, 

Policy & Program Planning Division, Federal 

Communications Commission, “Selection 

Assistants in a Cyberspace Environment.” 

Cosponsored by the Program on Information 

Resources Policy. 

3: South Asia Seminar, Nayan Chanda, 

Director of Publications, Center for the Study 

of Globalization, Yale University; Editor-at- 

Large, Far Eastern Economic Review. “The 

September 11 Fallout in South Asia.” Cosponsored 

with the Modern Asia Series, Asia 

Center. 

May 7 

U.S. Foreign Policy Seminar, Professor Francis 

Bator, Kennedy School of Government, 

“Reconsidering LBJ as a Foreign Policy 

Manager: Europe, Vietnam, and the Domestic 

Connection.” 

May 9–11 

Canada–U.S. Economic And Monetary 

Integration 

(For details on this event, please refer to the 

Canada and U.S.–Canada section.) 

9: Undergraduate Field Research Workshop. 

Undergraduates are invited to a workshop on 

field research techniques given by a panel of 

three Graduate Student Associates of the 

Weatherhead Center. Kristin Smith (Government), 

Bret Gustafson (Anthropology), and Naunihal 

Singh (Government) will speak to 

undergraduates about Interviewing 

Techniques, Qualitative and Quantitative 

Methods, and Tips on Research in a Foreign 

Country. This event is part of a series of 

Weatherhead Center workshops on thesis topic 

exploration, research, and writing for Harvard 

undergraduates given by Weatherhead Center 

faculty, staff, and graduate students. 

May 10–11 

Non-Democratic Regimes And Trajectories 

After The Cold War 

Co-sponsored by the Davis Center for Russian 

Studies, the Harvard Academy for 

International and Area Studies, the Rockefeller 

Center for Latin American Studies, and the 

Weatherhead Center for International Affairs. 

(For details on this event, please refer to the 

International and Area Studies section.) 

May 17-20 

Conference on Social Movements in the South 

Chair: Sanjeev Khagram, assistant professor of 

public policy, John F. Kennedy School of 


17: Session I: Introductions, Genesis of 

Project/Overview of Workshop 

Session II: Social Movements in Brazil 

May 18 

Conference on Social Movements in the 

South (continued) 

Session III: Social Movements in India 

Session IV: Social Movements in South Africa 

May 19 



Session V: Development of Comparative, 

Theoretical, Methodological and Practical 

Frameworks I 

Session VI: Development of Comparative, 

Theoretical, Methodological and Practical 

Frameworks II 

May 20 



Session VII: Formulation of Joint Goals, Work 

Plan and next Steps

June 1 


Economic Policy (PIEP) 

The Research Group on Political Institutions 

and Economic Policy is a joint activity of the 


and the Center for Basic Research in Social 

Sciences. The goal of these conferences is to 

encourage the development of an approach to 

politics and policymaking that is theoretically 

rigorous and empirically systematic with 

regard to both political institutions and 

economic factors. 

Organizers: Jeffry Frieden, Professor of 

Government, Harvard University and Kenneth 

Shepsle, George D. Markham Professor of 

Government 

Session I: “The Institutional Foundations of 

Public Policy: A Transactions Approach with 

Application to Argentina,” Pablo Spiller, 

business, University of California, at Berkeley, 

and Mariano Tommasi, economics, 

Universidad de San Andrés. 

Discussants: Daron Acemoglu, economics, 

MIT, and Robert Bates, government, Harvard 

University 

Session II: “Privatization, Institutions and 

Performance: Telecommunications in Africa,” 

Roger Noll, Economics and Political Science, 

Stanford University. 

Discussants: Ugo Panizza, Inter-American 

Development Bank, and Mark Ramseyer, 

law, Harvard University 

Session III: “Accountability and Political 

Competition: Theory and Evidence,” Tim 

Besley, economics, London School of 

Economics. 

Discussant: Lisa Martin, government, Harvard 

University 

June 14–16 

The Future of U.S. Foreign Policy 

Chairs: Jorge Domínguez, director, 


Affairs, Harvard University; James 

Cooney, executive director, Weatherhead 

Center for International Affairs, Harvard 

University; and Stephen Walt, Robert and 

Renee Belfer Professor of International 

Affairs, John F. Kennedy School of 


14: Welcome and Introductory Remarks 

Session I: “‘Bound to Lead’ or Homeward 

Bound?: Differing Views on U.S. Grand 

Strategy” 

Speakers: John J. Mearsheimer,R.Wendell 

Harrison Professor of Political Science, 

University of Chicago; William Kristol, editor, 

Weekly Standard; Karl Kaiser, director, 

Research Institute of the German Council on 

Foreign Relations. 

Reception and Dinner 

Introduction: James Cooney,executive 

director, Weatherhead Center for International 

Affairs, Harvard University 

Speaker: Dominique Moïsi, deputy director, 

French Institute of International 

Relations (IFRI) 

June 15 

The Future of U.S. Foreign Policy (continued) 

Session II: “The ‘War’ on Terrorism and U.S. 

Foreign Policy” 

Speakers: François Heisbourg, director, 

Foundation pour la Recherche Stratégique; 

Jessica Stern, lecturer in public policy, John F. 

Kennedy School of Government, Harvard 

University; Shahram Chubin, director of 

research, Geneva Centre for Security Policy 

(GCSP); Fen Osler Hampson, professor, The 

Norman Paterson School of International 

Affairs, Carleton University 

Session III: “U.S. Defense Policy and Global 

Military Presence” 

Speakers: Rudolf Scharping, Minister of 

Defense, Germany; Cindy Williams, 

Senior Fellow of the Security Studies 

Program, MIT; Thérèse Delpech,French 

Atomic Energy Institute; Barry Posen, 

Professor of Political Science, MIT 

Reception and Dinner 

Introduction: Jorge Domínguez 

Speaker: Stephen Walt 

15: Conference on Military Conflict and 

Public Health 

The Military Conflict and Public Health 

Conference is co-sponsored by the Center for 

Basic Research in the Social Sciences (CBRSS), 


Affairs (WCFIA), and the National Science 

Foundation (NSF). 

Chairs: Gary King, David Florence Professor of 

Government, Department of Government, 

Harvard University and Lisa Martin, 

professor of government, Harvard 

University 

Session I: Conflict and the Study of 

International Relations: Paul Huth, Bruce 

Russett, Hazem Ghobarah, Ben Valentino, John 

Freeman, Andrew Kydd, Kosuke Imai, and 


Lars-Erik Cederman 

Session II: Conflict and Public Health: 

Federico Girosi, Claudia Pedroza, Josh 

Salomon, Naunihal Singh, Heide Richter- 

Airijoki, Chris Murray, Kenji Shibuya, and 

David Davis 

Session III: Forecasting and Methodological 

Issues: Kevin Quinn, Andrew Martin, Will 

Lowe, Joe Bond, Doug Bond, and Michael 

Ward 

June 16 

The Future of U.S. Foreign Policy (continued) 

Session IV: “Thinking Outside the Box: 

Reforming U.S. Foreign Policy” 

Speakers: Jeffrey Frankel, James W. Harpel 

Professor of Capital Formation and Growth, 

John F. Kennedy School of Government, 

Harvard University; Andrei Kortunov, 

executive director, Open Society Institute, 

Moscow; Laurens Jan Brinkhorst, minister of 

agriculture, Nature Management and Fisheries, 

Netherlands; William Drozdiak,executive 

director, Transatlantic Center, German 

Marshall Fund of the U.S.

WORKING PAPERS 

02-03 Andreas Umland, “Toward an Uncivil 

Society? Contextualizing the Recent Decline 

of Extremely Right-Wing Parties in Russia” 

02-02 Anna Grzymala-Busse and Pauline Jones 

Luong, “The Ignored Transition: 

Postcommunist State Development” 

02-01 Jeffrey Frankel and Andrew Rose, “An 

Estimate of the Effect of Common 

Currencies on Trade and Income” 

01-08 Monica Duffy Toft, “Indivisible Territory 

and Ethnic War” 

WORKS BY CENTER AFFILIATES 

Principal publications for the 2001-2003 academic years. 

Abdelal, Rawi. National Purpose in the World Economy: 

Post-Soviet States in Comparative Perspective. 

Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 2001. 

—. “Memories of Nations and States: Institutional 

History and National Identity in Post-Soviet 

Eurasia.” Nationalities Papers 30, no. 3 (2002): 

403-34. 

—. “The Politics of Monetary Leadership and 

Followership: Stability in the European Monetary 

System Since the Currency Crisis of 1992.” 

Political Studies 46, no. 2 (1998): 236-259. 

—. “Contested Currency: Russia’s Ruble in Domestic 

and International Politics.” Journal of Communist 

Studies and Transition Politics 19, no. 2 (June 

2003): 55-76. 

—. “Nation and Economy After Empire: 1920s Eastern 

Europe, 1950s Indonesia, 1960s West Africa, 1990s 

Eurasia.” Working Paper 01-089, Harvard Business 

School, 2001. 

—. “National Strategy and National Money: Politics 

and the End of the Ruble Zone, 1991-94.” In 

Monetary Orders, edited by Jonathan Kirshner. 

Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 2003. 

—. “Purpose and Privation: Nation and Economy in 

Post-Habsburg Eastern Europe and Post-Soviet 

Eurasia.” East European Politics and Societies 16, 

no. 3 (Fall 2002): 898-933. 

Aghion, Philippe, R. Frydman, J. Stiglitz, and M. 

Woodford, eds. Knowledge, Information, and 

Expectations in Modern Macroeconomics: In Honor 

of Edmund S. Phelps. Princeton, NJ: Princeton 

University Press, 2003. 

Alesina, Alberto, Enrico Spolaore. The Size of Nations. 

Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2003. 

Alesina, Alberto, Arnaud Devleeschauwer, William 

Easterly, Sergio Kurlat, and Romain Wacziarg. 

“Fractionalization.” Journal of Economic Growth 8, 

no. 2 (June 2003): 155-194. 

AFFILIATE PUBLICATIONS 

THE CENTER SPONSORS MYRIAD SEMINARS, LECTURES, PROGRAMS AND CONFERENCES that involve 

resident affiliates, a variety of international scholars, government officials, and representatives of the 

private sector. The results of Center research are made available to the public and to the 

policymaking community through the print and web publication of the Centerpiece tri-annual 

newsletter, conference reports, and the Center’s Working Paper Series, which publishes up to ten 

papers annually. Papers are selected for publication based on their relevance to contemporary issues 

in international affairs, originality of research, rigor of analysis, and significance of conclusions. 

Alfaro, Laura. “On the Political Economy of Temporary 

Stabilization Programs.” Economics and Politics 14, 

no. 2 (July 2002). 

Alfaro, Laura, Areendam Chanda, Sebnem Kalemli- 

Ozcan, and Selin Sayek. “FDI and Economic 

Growth: The Role of Local Financial Markets.” 

Working Paper 01-083, Harvard Business School, 

2002. 

Alfaro, Laura, and Fabio Kanczuk. “Sovereign Debt 

with Adverse Selection: A Quantitative 

Approach.” Working Paper 02-082, Harvard 

Business School, 2002. 

Alfaro, Laura. “Foreign Direct Investment.” Harvard 

Business School Note 703-018, Harvard Business 

School, 2002. 

Alfaro, Laura, Debora Spar, and Faheen Alliboy. 

“Botswana: A Diamond in the Rough.” Harvard 

Business School Case 703-027, Harvard Business 

School, 2003. 

Alfaro, Laura. “FDI and Growth: Does the Sector 

Matter?” Working Paper 03-021, Harvard Business 

School, 2003. 

Alfaro, Laura, Sebnem Kalemli-Ozcan, and Vadym 

Volosovych. “Why Capital Doesn’t Flow from Rich 

to Poor Countries? An Empirical Investigation.” 

Working Paper 03-089, Harvard Business School, 

2003. 

Barro, Robert J., and Xavier Sala-i-Martin. Economic 

Growth, 2nd ed. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2003. 

Barro, Robert J. Nothing is Sacred: Economic Ideas for 

the New Millennium. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 

2002. 

—. “South Korea: How to Keep the Miracle Going.” 

Business Week, June 9, 2003, 28. 

—. “Have No Fear: Bush’s Tax Plan Won’t Jack Up 

Interest Rates.” Business Week, May 5, 2003, 24. 

— “A Democratic Iraq Isn’t An Impossible Dream.” 

Business Week, March 31, 2003, 28. 

Bates, Robert H. States and Markets in Tropical Africa: 

The Political Basis of Agricultural Policy. Berkeley 

and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 

Series on Social Choice and Political Economy, 

1981. (Chinese edition). 

—. “Area Studies and the Discipline: A Useful 

Controversy?,” In Changing Perspectives on 

International Education, edited by Patrick 

O’Meara, Howard Mehlinger, and Roxana Ma 

Newman. Bloomington and Indianapolis: Indiana 

University Press, 2001. 

—. “Institutions and Development.” In Report of the 

Proceedings, The First ICO World Coffee 

Conference. London: International Coffee 

Organization, 2001. 


Bates, Robert H., and Eliana La Ferrara. “Political 

Competition in Weak States.” Economics and 

Politics 13, no. 2 (2001): 159-184. 

Bates, Robert H., and Irene Yackolev. “Ethnicity in 

Africa.” In The Role of Social Capital in 

Development: An Empirical Assessment, edited by 

Christiaan Grootaert and Thierry van Bastelaer. 

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2001. 

Bates, Robert H., Avner Greif, and Smita Singh. 

“Organizing Violence.” Journal of Conflict 

Resolution (October 2002): 1-37. 

Beckert, Sven. “Democracy and its Discontents: 

Contesting Suffrage Rights in Gilded Age New 

York.” Past & Present (February 2002): 114-155. 

—. “Buergerliche Politik: New York im Neunzehnten 

Jahrhundert.” In Zeitenwenden—Herrschaft, 

Selbstbehauptung und Integration zwischen 

Reformation und Liberalismus, edited by Joerg 

Deventer, et al. Hamburg: LIT, 2002. 

Bellin, Eva. Stalled Democracy: Capital, Labor, and the 

Paradox of State-Sponsored Development. Ithaca: 

Cornell University Press, 2002. 

Bestor, Theodore C. “Supply-Side Sushi: Commodity, 

Market, and The Global City.” American 

Anthropologist, 102, no. 1 (2001):76-95. 

—. “Networks, Neighborhoods, and Markets: Field 

Research in Tokyo.” In Urban Life: Readings in the 

Anthropology of the City, 4th ed., edited by 

Gmelch and Zenner. Prospect Heights: Waveland 

Press, 2002. 

—. “What Shape’s Your Seafood In? Trade and Food 

Culture in the Tsukiji Seafood Market.” Foods and 

Food Ingredients Journal of Japan, no.197 (2002): 

34-45. 

Braumoeller, Bear F., and Brian J. Gaines. “Actions Do 

Speak Louder than Words: Deterring Plagiarism 

with the Use of Plagiarism-Detection Software.” 

PS: Political Science and Politics 34 (December 

2001): 835-839. 

Braumoeller, Bear F., and Gary Goertz. “Watching Your 

Posterior: Bayes, Sampling Assumptions, 

Falsification, and the Study of Necessary 

Conditions.” Political Analysis 10, no. 2 (Spring 

2002): 198-203. 

—. “The Statistical Methodology of Necessary 

Conditions.” In Necessary Conditions: Theory, 

Methodology, and Applications, edited by Gary 

Goertz and Harvey Starr. Lanham, MD: Rowman 

& Littlefield, 2002: 205-232. 

—. “The Statistical Analysis of Necessary Conditions.” 

In Necessary Conditions: Theory, Methodology, and 

Applications, edited by Gary Goertz and Harvey 

Starr. New York: Rowman & Littlefield, 2002. 

Bok, Derek C. Universities in the Marketplace: The 

Commercialization of Higher Education. Princeton, 

NJ: Princeton University Press, 2003. 

Bose, Sugata. “Post-Colonial Histories of South Asia: 

Some Reflections.” Journal of Contemporary 

History 38, no. 1 (January 2003): 133-146. 

Bose, Sugata, Netaji Subhas and Chandra Bose, eds. 

Azad Hind: Collected Works. Vol. 11, 1941-43. 

Calcutta: Netaji Research Bureau, 2002. 

Clark, William C. “Social Learning.” In Encyclopedia of 

Global Change, edited by Andrew S. Goudie. New 

York: Oxford University Press, 2002. 

—. “Research Systems for a Transition Toward 

Sustainability.” Gaia 10, no. 4 (2001): 264-266. 

Clark, William C., and Nancy Dickson. “Sustainability 

Science: The Emerging Research Program.” 

Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 

(PNAS), June 6, 2003. 

http://www.pnas.org/cgi/doi/10.1073/pnas.123133 

3100 

Clark, William C., Cash, David, Frank Alcock, Nancy 

M. Dickson, Noelle Eckley, David H.Guston, Jill 

Jäger, and Ronald B. Mitchell. “Knowledge Systems 

for Sustainable Development.” Proceedings of the 

National Academy of Sciences (PNAS), May 30, 

2003. 

http://www.pnas.org/cgi/doi/10.1073/pnas.123133 

2100 

Clark, William C. “Research Systems for a Transition 

Toward Sustainability.” In Challenges of a 

Changing Earth. Proceedings of the Global 

Change Open Science Conference, Amsterdam, 

NL, 10-13 July 2001, edited by W. Steffen, J. Jäger, 

D. J. Carson, and C. Bradshaw. Berlin: Springer- 

Verlag, 2002. 

Clark, William, Ronald Mitchell, David Cash, and 

Frank Alcock. “Information As Influence: How 

Institutions Mediate the Impact of Scientific 

Assessments on Global Environmental Affairs.” 

Working Paper RWP02-044, Kennedy School of 

Government, Harvard University, 2002. 

Clark, William C. “Science and Technology for 

Sustainable Development.” Report from the 

Synthesis Workshop on Science and Technology 

for Sustainable Development, May 2002, Mexico 

City. ICSU Series on Science for Sustainable 

Development, no. 9. Paris: International Council 

for Science, 2002. 

http://sustsci.harvard.edu/ists/synthesis02/output/ 

ists_mexico_consensus.pdf 

Coatsworth, John H. “America and Latin America: 

Time for a New Strategy.” Harvard Magazine 104, 

no. 3 (January-February 2002): 25-7. 

—. “La independencia de Cuba en la historia de 

América Latina.” In Espacios, silencios y los sentidos 

de la libertad: Cuba entre 1878 y 1912, edited by 

Fernando Martínez Heredia, Rebecca J. Scott, and 

Orlando F. García Martínez. Havana: Unión de 

Escritores y Artistas de Cuba, 2001. 

—. “The State and Colonial Economic Activity.” In 

General History of Latin America. Vol.4. Paris: 

UNESCO, 2002. 

—. “Commentary.” In Latinos Remaking America, 

edited by Marcelo Suárez-Orozco and Mariela M. 

Páez. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of 

California Press, 2002. 

—. “Commentary on Sylvia Schmelkes, ‘Education and 

Indian Peoples in Mexico: An Example of Policy 

Failure’.” In Unequal Schools, Unequal Chances: 

The Challenges of Equal Opportunity in the 

Americas, edited by Fernando Reimers. 

Cambridge, MA: David Rockefeller Center for 

Latin American Studies, Harvard University, 2001. 

Coatsworth, John H., and Rafael Hernandez, eds. 

Culturas Encontradas: Cuba y los Estados Unidos. 

Havana: Centro de Investigación y Desarrollo de 

la Cultura Cubana Juan Marinello, 2001.

Coatsworth, John H., and Jeffrey G. Williamson. “The 

Roots of Latin American Protectionism: Looking 

Before the Great Depression.” Working Paper 

w8999, National Bureau of Economic Research, 

Cambridge, MA, June 2002. 

Coatsworth, John H., and Gabriel Tortella Casares. 

“Institutions and Long-Run Economic 

Performance in Mexico and Spain, 1800-2000.” 

Working Paper 02/03-1, David Rockefeller Center 

for Latin American Studies, Harvard University, 

2002. 

Cogan, Charles G. “Considérations transatlantiques.” 

Défense 103 (January-February 2003). 

—. “Desert One and its Disorders.” Journal of Military 

History 67, no. 1 (January 2003). 

—. “La Grande Nation.” Défense 104 (March-April 

2003). 

—. “A Response to Michael Creswell and Marc 

Trachtenberg.” Journal of Cold War Studies 5, no. 3 

(Summer 2003): 29-32. 

—. Review of France Restored: Cold War Diplomacy and 

the Quest for Leadership in Europe 1944-1954,by 

William I. Hitchcock. Journal of Cold War Studies 

4, no. 4 (Fall 2002). 

—. Review of The French Defense Debate: Consensus 

and Continuity in the Mitterand Era, by R.E. Utley. 

Journal of Cold War Studies 4, no. 1 (Winter 

2002). 

Cooper, Richard N. “Growth and Inequality: the Role 

of Foreign Trade and Investment.” Paper 

presented at the Annual World Bank Conference 

on Development Economics, Washington, DC: 

World Bank, 2002. 

—. “The Kyoto Protocol: A Flawed Concept.” 

Environmental Law Reporter (December 2001). 

—. “Financing International Public Goods: Historical 

Overview and New Challenges.” In Global Public 

Policies and Programs, edited by Christopher D. 

Gerrard, Marco Ferroni, and Ashoka Mody. 

Washington, DC: World Bank, 2001. 

—. “The Double Dividend of Emissions Taxes: 

Greenhouse Gas Reductions and Revenue.” In 

Global Public Goods Financing, edited by I. Kaul, 

K. Goulven, and M. Schnupf. New York: UNDP, 

2002. 

Cooper, Richard N., and Jane Sneddon Little. “U.S. 

Monetary Policy in an Integrating World: 1960 to 

2000.” In The Evolution of Monetary Policy and the 

Federal Reserve System Over the Past Thirty Years, 

edited by Richard W. Kopcke and Lynn Elaine 

Browne. New England Economic Review,no.3 

(2001). 

Cooper, Richard N., and Richard Layard, eds. What the 

Future Holds: Insights from Social Science. 


Cooper, Richard N. “Economic Impact of Demographic 

Change: A Case for More Immigration.” Seismic 

Shifts: the Economic Impact of Demographic 

Change, edited by Jane S. Little and Robert K. 

Triest. Boston: Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, 

2002. 

—. “Chapter 11 for Countries?” Foreign Affairs 81 

(July/August 2002): 90-103. 

—. “China’s Economic and Budget Prospects.” Hearings 

Held Before the U.S., China Security Review 

Commission. Washington: Government Printing 

Office, 2002. 

—. “Effects of the War with Iraq.” Yomiuri Shimbun, 

March 21, 2003. 

—. Restoring G-8 Leadership of the World Economy: 

Recommendations for the Evian Summit from the 

Shadow G-8. (coauthored as member of the 

shadow G-8), April 2003. 

—. “Chinese Military Power.” Independent Task Force, 

sponsored by the Council on Foreign Relations, 

April 2003. 

Culpepper, Pepper D. “Associations and Non-Market 

Coordination in Banking: France and Eastern 

Germany Compared.” European Journal of 

Industrial Relations 8, no. 2 (2002): 217-235. 

—. “Employers’ Associations, Public Policy, and the 

Politics of Decentralized Cooperation in Germany 

and France.” In Varieties of Capitalism: The 

Institutional Foundations of Comparative 

Advantage, edited by Peter A. Hall and David 

Soskice. New York: Oxford University Press, 2001. 

—. Creating Cooperation: How States Develop Human 

Capital in Europe. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 

2003. 

—. “Puzzling, Powering, and ‘Pacting’: The 

Informational Logic of Negotiated Reforms.” 

Journal of European Public Policy 9, no. 5 (October 

2002): 774-790. 

—. “Institutional Rules, Social Capacity, and the Stuff 

of Politics: Experiments in Collaborative 

Governance in France and Italy.” Working Paper 

RWP 03-029, John F. Kennedy School of 

Government Research Working Paper Series, June 

2003. 

Desai, Mihir Arvind, C. Fritz Foley, and James R. Hines 

Jr. “Chains of Ownership, Regional Tax 

Competition and Foreign Direct Investment.” In 

Foreign Direct Investment in the Real and Financial 

Sector of Industrial Countries, edited by Heinz 

Herrmann and Robert Lipsey. Heidelberg: 

Springer Verlag, 2003. 

Domínguez, Jorge I., and Rafael Fernández de Castro. 

The United States and Mexico: Between Partnership 

and Conflict. New York: Routledge, 2001. Also 

published as ¿Socios o adversarios? México-Estados 

Unidos Hoy. Mexico: Editorial Oceano, 2001. 

—, Domínguez, Jorge I., ed. Mexico, Central, and South 

America: New Perspectives. 5 vols. New York: 

Routledge, 2001. 

—. “Territorial and Boundary Disputes in Latin 

America and the Caribbean.” Pensamiento propio 

14 (July-December 2001): 5-30. 

—. “Cuban Foreign Policy and the International 

System.” In Latin America in the New International 

System, edited by Joseph S. Tulchin and Ralph H. 

Espach. Boulder, CO: Lynne Rienner, 2001. 

—. “Cuba y la eterna guerra fría.” Foreign Affairs en 

español 1, no. 3 (Fall-Winter 2001): 29-33. 

—. “México en 2000.” In Anuario internacional CIDOB 

2000: Claves para interpretar la política exterior de 

España y las relaciones internacionales en 2000 

(Barcelona: 2001): 259-269. 

Domínguez, Jorge I., and Michael Shifter, eds. 

Constructing Democratic Governance in Latin 

America, 2nd ed. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins 



Domínguez, Jorge I. “Government and Politics.” In 

Cuba: A Country Study (Area Handbook Series), 

edited by Rex A. Hudson. Washington: U.S. 

Government Printing Office, 2002. 

—. “Las ciencias políticas: reflexiones sobre estudios de 

opinion pública y economía política.” Temas 29 

(April-June 2002). 

—. “Más de treinta Jefes y ex Jefes de Estado y de 

Gobierno y un centenar de expertos se reunieron 

en Madrid.” El País, November 23, 2002: 3. 

—. “APOYO.” In Los próximos/primeros 25 años (Lima: 

Grupo APOYO, 2002): 25. 

Domínguez, Jorge I., and Steven Levitsky. “Peron, 

Pinochet, and Patience,” The New York Times, 

January 26, 2003. 

Ekiert, Grzegorz. “Strengthening of Political and Social 

Pluralism and of Political Parties.” In Conference 

on Democratic Transition and Consolidation. 

Madrid: Siddharth Mehta Ediciones (2002): 

107-122. 

Ekiert, Grzegorz, and Jan Kubik. “Response to Mark 

Kramer.” Communist and Post-Communist Studies 

35, no. 2 (2002): 220-228. 

Estévez-Abe, Margarita. “Rethinking Welfare 

Capitalism: Welfare-Finance Linkage in Japan.” In 

The Varieties of Welfare Capitalism: Social Policy 

and Political Economy in Europe, Japan and the 

U.S.A., edited by Philip Manow and Bernhard 

Ebbinghaus. London: Routledge, 2001. 

—. “Negotiating Welfare Reform: Actors and 

Institutions in the Japanese Welfare State.” In 

Restructuring the Welfare State: Political 

Institutions and Policy Change, edited by Bo 

Rothstein and Sven Steinmo. New York: Palgrave, 

2002. 

Margarita Estévez-Abe, Torben Iversen, and David 

Soskice. “Social Protection and the Formation of 

Skills: A Reinterpretation of the Welfare State.” In 

Varieties of Capitalism: The Institutional 

Foundations of Comparative Advantage, edited by 

Peter Hall and David Soskice. New York: Oxford 


Frank, David John. “The Origins Question: Building 

Institutions to Protect Nature.” In 

Organizations, Policy and the Natural 

Environment: Institutional and Strategic 

Perspectives, edited by A. Hoffman and M.J. 

Ventresca. Stanford: Stanford University 

Press, 2002. 

Frank, David John, and John W. Meyer. “The Profusion 

of Individual Roles and Identities in the Post-War 

Period.” Sociological Theory, no. 20 (2002): 86-105. 

Frankel, Jeffrey, Richard Caves, and Ronald Jones. 

World Trade and Payments: An Introduction. 

Boston: Addison Wesley Longman, 2002. 

Frankel, Jeffrey, and Peter Orszag, eds. American 

Economic Policy in the 1990s. Cambridge, MA: 

MIT Press, 2002. 

Frankel, Jeffrey. “Assessing the Efficiency Gain from 

Further Liberalization.” In Efficiency, Equity and 

Legitimacy: The Multilateral Trading System at the 

Millennium, in honor of Raymond Vernon,edited 

by R. Porter, P. Sauve, A. Subramanian, and A. 

Zampetti. Washington, DC: Brookings Institution 

Press, 2001. 

Frankel, Jeffrey, and Andrew Rose. “The Endogeneity of 

the Optimum Currency Area Criterion.” In The 

Political Economy of Monetary Union, 

International Library of Critical Writings in 

Economics, edited by P. De Grauwe. Cheltenham, 

UK: Edward Elgar Publishing, 2001. 

—. “An Estimate of the Effect of Common Currencies 

on Trade and Income.” Quarterly Journal of 

Economics CXVII, no. 2 (May 2002): 437-466. 

Frankel, Jeffrey, Eduardo Fajnzylber, Sergio Schmukler, 

and Luis Servén. “Verifying Exchange Rate 

Regimes.” Journal of Development Economics 66, 

no. 809 (October 2001): 351-386. 

Frankel, Jeffrey, and Michael Dooley. Managing 

Currency Crises in Emerging Markets. Chicago: 

University of Chicago Press, 2003. 

Frankel, Jeffrey, and Sebastian Edwards. Preventing 

Currency Crises in Emerging Markets. Chicago: 

University of Chicago Press, 2002. 

Frankel, Jeffrey. “A Proposal to Anchor Monetary Policy 

by the Price of the Export Commodity.” Journal of 

Economic Integration 17, no. 3 (September 2002): 

417-448. 

—. “Should Gold-Exporters Peg Their Currencies to 

Gold?” Research Study, no. 29, World Gold 

Council, London, 2002. 

Frankel, Jeffrey, and Nouriel Roubini. “The Role of 

Industrial Country Policies in Emerging Market 

Crises.” In Economic and Financial Crises in 

Emerging Market Economies, edited by Martin 

Feldstein. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 

2003. 

Frieden, Jeffry. “Inequality: Causes and Possible 

Futures.” Hagar: International Social Science 

Review 2, no. 1 (2001). 

Frieden, Jeffry and J. Lawrence Broz. “The Political 

Economy of International Monetary Relations.” 

Annual Review of Political Science 4 (2001). 

Frieden, Jeffry. “Sectoral Interests and European 

Monetary Integration: An Empirical Assessment.” 

International Organization 56, no. 4 (Autumn 

2002): 831-860. 

—. “The Political Economy of Dollarization: Domestic 

and International Factors.” In Dollarization,edited 

by Eduardo Levy-Yeyati and Federico 

Sturzenegger. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2002. 

Frieden, Jeffry, and Lisa Martin. “International Political 

Economy: Global and Domestic Interactions.” In 

Political Science: State of the Discipline, edited by 

Ira Katznelson and Helen V. Milner. New York: 

Norton, 2002: 118-146. 

Friedman, Benjamin M. “Monetary Policy.” 

International Encyclopedia of the Social and 

Behavioral Sciences. Oxford: Elsevier Science 

Limited, 2001. 

—. “Threats to the Future Effectivness of Monetary 

Policy.” In What the Future Holds: Insights from 

Social Science, edited by Richard N. Cooper and 

Richard Layard. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 

2003. 

Go, Julian. “A Globalizing Constitutionalism? Views 

from the Postcolony, 1945-2000.” International 

Sociology 18, no. 1 (2003). 

—. “Modeling the State: Postcolonial Constitutions in 

Africa and Asia.” Southeast Asian Studies 39, no. 4 

(2002).

Go, Julian, and Anne Foster, eds. The American Colonial 

State in the Philippines: Global Perspectives. 

Durham: Duke University Press, 2003. 

Greenhill, Kelly M. “Engineered Migration and the Use 

of Refugees as Political Weapons: A Case Study of 

the 1994 Cuban Balseros Crisis.” International 

Migration 40, no. 4 (Fall 2002). 

—. “Extortive Engineered Migration: Asymmetric 

Weapon of the Weak.” Conflict, Security and 

Development 2, no. 3 (Winter 2002). 

—. “The Use of Refugees as Political and Military 

Weapons in the Kosovo Conflict.” In Yugoslavia 

Unraveled: Sovereignty, Self-Determination, and 

Intervention, edited by Raju G.C. Thomas. 

Lanham, MD: Lexington Books, 2003. 

Hall, Peter A. “The Evolution of Economic Policy.” In 

Developments in French Politics II, edited by Peter 

A. Hall, Alain Guyomarch, Jack Hayward, and 

Howard Machin. London: Palgrave, 2001. 

Hall, Peter A., and John Keeler. “Interest Representation 

and the Politics of Protest.” In Developments in 

French Politics II, edited by Alain Guyomarch, Jack 

Hayward, and Howard Machin. London: Palgrave, 

2001. 

Hall, Peter A., and David Soskice, eds. Varieties of 

Capitalism: The Institutional Foundations of 

Comparative Advantage. Oxford: Oxford 


Hall, Peter A., Alain Guyomarch, Jack Hayward, and 

Howard Machin, eds. Developments in French 

Politics II. London: Palgrave, 2001. 

Hall, Peter A. “Aligning Ontology and Methodology in 

Comparative Research.” In Comparative Historical 

Analysis: New Approaches and Methods, edited by 

James Mahoney and Dietrich Rueschemeyer. New 

York: Cambridge University Press, 2003: 373-406. 

—. “Institutions and the Evolution of European 

Democracy.” In Governing Europe, edited by Jack 

Hayward and Anand Menon. Oxford: Oxford 


—. “Great Britain: The Role of Government and the 

Distribution of Social Capital.” In Democracies in 

Flux: The Evolution of Social Capital in 

Contemporary Societies, edited by Robert D. 

Putnam. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2002. 

—. “Globalization and Economic Adjustment in 

Germany.” In Advancing Socio-Economics: An 

Institutionalist Perspective, edited by J. Rogers 

Hollingsworth, Karl H. Muller and Ellen Jane 

Hollingsworth. Latham, MD: Rowman and 

Littlefield, 2002. 

—. “The Comparative Political Economy of the ‘Third 

Way’.” In The Third Way Transformation of Social 

Democracy, edited by Oliver Schmidtke. 

Burlington, VT: Ashgate 2002. 

Hehir, J. Bryan. “The Moral Measurement of War: A 

Tradition of Change and Continuity.” In The 

Sacred and the Sovereign: Religion and 

International Politics, edited by John D. Carlson 

and Erik C. Owens. Washington, DC: Georgetown 


—. “A Catholic Troeltsch? Curran on the Social 

Ministry of the Church.” In A Call to Fidelity: On 

the Moral Theology of Charles E. Curran, edited by 

James J. Walter, Timothy E. O’Connell and 

Thomas A Shannon. Washington, DC: 

Georgetown University Press, 2002. 

—. “The Limits of Loyalty.” Foreign Policy 

(September/October 2002): 38-39. 

—. “The New National Security Strategy.” America 188, 

April 7, 2003: 8-13. 

Helmke, Gretchen. “Checks and Balances By Other 

Means: Strategic Defection and Argentina’s 

Supreme Court in the 1990s.” Comparative Politics 

35, no.2 (January 2003): 213-229. 

—. “Enduring Uncertainty: Court-Executive Relations 

in Argentina in the 1990s and Beyond.” Paper 

presented at the Conference on Rethinking Dual 

Transitions: Argentine Politics in the 1990s in 

Comparative Perspective, Cambridge, MA, March, 

2003. 

Helmke, Gretchen and Steven Levitsky. “Informal 

Institutions and Comparative Politics.” Paper 

presented at the annual meeting of the American 

Political Science Association, Boston, MA, 

September 2002. 

—. “Informal Institutions and Comparative Politics.” 

Paper presented at the conference on Informal 

Institutions in Latin America, University of Notre 

Dame, Notre Dame, IN, April 2003. 

Helmke, Gretchen. “Modeling Motivations: A Game 

Theoretic Approach to the Argentine Supreme 

Court.” Paper presented at the annual meeting of 

the American Political Science Association, 

Boston, MA, September 2002. 

Helpman, Elhanan, and Gene Grossman. Interest 

Groups and Trade Policy. Princeton, NJ: Princeton 


Herrera, Yoshiko M. “Attempts under Putin to Create a 

Unified Economic Space in Russia.” Program on 

New Approaches to Russian Security, Policy 

Memo #231, January, 2002. 

—. “Why Russia Can’t Seem to Reform.” Orbis 46, no.1 

(Winter 2002). 

—. Review of Russia’s Stillborn Democracy? From 

Gorbachev to Yeltsin, by Graeme Gill and Roger D. 

Markwick. Journal of Cold War Studies 4, no. 3 

(Summer 2002). 

—. “Russian Economic Reform 1991-1998.” In 

Challenges To Democratic Transition In Russia, 

edited by Zoltan Barany and Robert Moser. New 

York: Cambridge University Press, 2001. 

Heymann, Philip B. Terrorism, Freedom and Security: 

Winning Without War. Cambridge, MA: MIT 

Press, 2003. 

Hiscox, Michael J. International Trade and Political 

Conflict: Commerce, Coalitions, and Mobility. 

Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2001. 

—. “Factor Specificity, Inter-industry Mobility, and 

Technological Change: Evidence from 

Manufacturing Wages and Profits in the U.S. 

between 1820 and 1990.” Journal of Economic 

History 62, 2 (June 2002). 

—. “Commerce, Coalitions, and Factor Mobility: 

Evidence from Congressional Votes on Trade 

Legislation.” American Political Science Review 96, 

no. 3 (September 2002): 593-608. 

Ho, Engseng. “Names Beyond Nations: The Making of 

Local Cosmopolitans.” Études Rurales, no. 163-4 

(July-Dec. 2002): 215-232. 


—. “Before Parochialization: Diasporic Arabs Cast in 

Creole Waters.” In Transcending Borders: Arabs, 

Politics, Trade and Islam in Southeast Asia,edited 

by Huub de Jonge and Nico Kaptein. Leiden: 

KITLV Press, 2002. 

—. “The View from the Other Boat.” Paper presented at 

workshop: The Mediterranean, Schumann Centre 

for Advanced Studies, European University 

Institute, Florence, Italy, March, 2003. 

—. “Arenas for a Transnational Anthropology of 

Islamic Authority.” Paper presented in absentia at 

SSRC workshop on Global Production of Islamic 

Knowledge and Authority, Cairo, March, 2003. 

—. “Empire through Diasporic Eyes.” Paper presented 

at workshop: The Migrations of Threat: National 

Security After September 11th. SSRC Global 

Security and Co-operation Program, Washington 

DC, November 2002. 

Hochschild, Jennifer L. “The American Dream and 

Public Education.” Dissent (Fall 2001). 

—. “Where You Stand Depends on What You See: 

Connections Among Values, Perceptions of Fact, 

and Political Prescriptions.” In Citizens and 

Politics: Perspectives from Political Psychology, 

edited by James Kuklinski. Cambridge: Cambridge 


Hochschild, Jennifer L., and Nathan Scovronick. The 

American Dream and the Public Schools.Oxford: 

Oxford University Press, 2003. 

Hochschild, Jennifer L. “The Possibilities for 

Democracy in America.” In The Making and 

Unmaking of Democracy, edited by Theodore 

Rabb and Ezra Suleiman. New York: Routledge 

Press, 2003. 

—. “Creating Options.” In A Way Out: America’s Ghettos 

and the Legacy of Racism, edited by Owen Fiss. 

Princeton, NJ: University Press, 2003. 

—. “Multiple Racial Identifiers in the 2000 Census, and 

Then What?” In The New Race Question, edited by 

Joel Perlmann and Mary Waters. New York: 

Russell Sage Foundation, 2002. 

Hoffmann, Stanley. “The Controversy over Military 

Intervention.” In Turbulent Peace: The Challenges 

of Managing International Conflict, edited by 

Chester A. Crocker, Fen Osler Hampson, and 

Pamela Aall. Washington, DC: United States 

Institute of Peace (USIP), 2001. 

—. “The U.S. at War,” New York Review of Books, 

November 1, 2001, 4-7. 

—. “Why Don’t They Like Us?” American Prospect 12, 

no. 20 (2002): 18-26. 

—. “Clash of Globalizations.” Foreign Affairs, 81, no. 4 

(July-August 2002): 104-115. 

—. “America Alone in the World.” The American 

Prospect 13, no. 17 (September 23, 2002). 

—. “World Governance: Beyond Utopia.” Daedalus 

(Winter 2003): 27-35. 

—. “The High and the Mighty.” The American Prospect 

13, no. 24 (January 13, 2003). 

—. “America Goes Backward.” The New York Review of 

Books (June 12, 2003): 74-80. 

—. “Le 21e siècle a commence.” Vingtième Siècle: Revue 

d’histoire 76, (October-December 2002): 5-14. 

Huang, Yasheng. Selling China: Foreign Direct 

Investment During the Reform Era. Cambridge: 

Cambridge University Press, 2003. 

Huntington, Samuel P. “Japan’s Role in Global 

Politics,” International Relations of the Asia- 

Pacific, 1 (2001). 

—. Japan’s Choice in the 21st Century. Seoul: Gimm 

Publishers, 2001. (Korean edition). 

—. The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World 

Order. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996. 

(Romanian, Belgian, Italian , Turkish, Urdu and 

Hebrew editions). 

Huntington, Samuel P., and Peter L. Berger, eds. Many 

Globalizations: Cultural Diversity in the 

Contemporary World. Oxford: Oxford University 

Press, 2002. (Chinese, French, and Spanish 

editions). 

Huntington, Samuel P., and Larry Harrison, eds. 

Culture Matters: How Values Shape Human 

Progress. New York: Basic Books, 2000. 

(Portuguese and German editions). 

Huntington, Samuel P. The Big Picture. Tokyo: 

Diamond, 2002. (Japanese edition). 

Hymans, Jacques E. C. “Why Are There So Many Euro- 

Skeptics? The Perceptual Consequences of 

National Identity.” In The Euro Beyond the 

Currency, edited by Alvaro de Vasconcelos. Lisbon, 

Portugal: Institute of Strategic and International 

Studies, 2002. 

—. “Of Gauchos and Gringos: Why Argentina Never 

Wanted the Bomb, and Why America Thought It 

Did.” Security Studies 10, no. 3 (May 2002). 

—. “Why Do States Decide to Build Nuclear Weapons? 

Comparing the Cases of India and France.” In 

Nuclear India in the 21st Century, edited by 

Damodar Sardesai and Raju G. C. Thomas. New 

York: Palgrave, 2002. 

Iriye, Akira. Global Community: The Role of 

International Organizations in the Making of the 

Contemporary World. Berkeley and Los Angeles: 

University of California Press, 2002. 

Jasanoff, Sheila. “Citizens at Risk: Cultures of 

Modernity in Europe and the U.S.” Science as 

Culture 11, no. 3 (2002): 363-380. 

—. “New Modernities: Reimagining Science, 

Technology, and Development.” Environmental 

Values, 11, no. 3 (2002): 253-276. 

—. “A Living Legacy: The Precautionary Ideal in 

American Law.” In Precaution, Environmental 

Science, and Preventive Public Policy, edited by Joel 

Tickner. Washington, DC: Island Press, 2003. 

Johnson, Dominic D.P., Pavel Stopka, and Stephen 

Knights. “The Puzzle of Human Cooperation.” 

Nature 421, no. 6926 (February 27, 2003): 911- 

912. 

Johnston, A.I. “The Social Effects of International 

Institutions on Domestic (Foreign Policy) Actors.” 

In Locating the Proper Authorities: The Interaction 

of Domestic and International Institutions, edited 

by Daniel Drezner. Ann Arbor: University of 

Michigan Press, 2002. 

—. “Jianlun guoji zuzhi dui guojia xinwei de yingxiang” 

[A sketch of theoretical research on the impact of 

international institutions on the behavior of 

states], Shijie jingji yu zhengzhi [World economics 

and politics], no. 12 (2002). 

—. “Socialization in International Institutions: The 

ASEAN Way and International Relations Theory.” 

In The Emerging International Relations of the 

Asia-Pacific Region, edited by Michael

Mastanduno and G. John Ikenberry. New York: 

Columbia University Press, 2003. 

—. “Is China a Status Quo Power?” International 

Security 27, no. 4 (Spring 2003). 

—. “Here’s How a Tiny Virus Can Help Improve Crossstrait 

Ties,” The Straits Times, May 16, 2003. 

—. The State of International Relations Research in 

China: Considerations for the Ford Foundation. 

Beijing: Ford Foundation, 2003. 

Kapur, Devesh, Mihir Desai, and John McHale. 

“Sharing the Spoils: Taxing International Flows of 

Human Capital.” Working Paper 02-06, 


Harvard University, 2002. 

Kapur, Devesh. “The Causes and Consequences of 

India’s IT Boom.” India Review 1, no. 2 (April 

2002): 91-110. 

—. “The Common Pool Dilemma of Global Public 

Goods: Lessons from the World Bank’s Net 

Income and Reserves.” World Development 30, no. 

3 (March 2002): 337-354. 

—. “Processes of Change in International Institutions.” 

In New Roles and Functions of the UN and the 

Bretton Woods Institutions, edited by Deepak 

Nayyar. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2002. 

—. “India’s Nuclear tests and Economic Sanctions.” In 

Nuclear India in the 21st Century, edited by 

Damodar Sardesai and Raju Thomas. London: 

Palgrave, 2002. 

—. “Anatomy of Governance in the World Bank.” In 

Re-inventing the World Bank, edited by Jonathan 

R. Pincus and Jeffrey A. Winters. Ithaca: Cornell 


Kapur, Devesh, and Pratap Mehta. “The Indian 

Parliament as an Institution of Accountability.” 

Report prepared for the Inter-Parliamentary 

Union, May 2002. 

Kapur, Devesh. “Do as I say not as I do: A critique of 

G-7 proposals on reforming the MDBs.” Group of 

24 Research paper, April 2002. 

http://ksghome.harvard.edu/~.drodrik.academic.k 

sg/G24Papers.htm 

Kelman, Herbert C. “Reflections on the Social and 

Psychological Processes of Legitimization and 

Delegitimization.” In The Psychology of 

Legitimacy:Emerging Perspectives on Ideology, 

Justice, and Intergroup Relations, edited by J.T. Jost 

and B. Major. Cambridge: Cambridge University 

Press, 2001. 

—. “Building a Sustainable Peace.” In Taking Sides: 

Clashing Views on Controversial Issues in World 

Politics, 10th ed., edited by J. T. Rourke. Guilford: 

McGraw Hill, 2002. 

—. “Social-Psychological Contributions to 

Peacemaking and Peacebuilding in the Middle 

East.” In Promoting Peace: The Role of Civilian 

Conflict Resolution, edited by G. Baechler. Berne, 

Switzerland: Staempfli Publishers, 2002. 

—. “Interactive Problem Solving as a Tool for Second 

Track Diplomacy.” In Second Track/Citizens’ 

Diplomacy: Concepts and Techniques for Conflict 

Transformation, edited by J. Davies and E. 

Kaufman. Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield, 

2002. 

—. “National Identity and the Role of the ‘Other’ in 

Existential Conflicts: The Israeli-Palestinian Case.” 

In Conflict and Cooperation:The Individual 

Between Ideal and Reality, edited by G. Baechler 

and A. Wenger. Zurich, Switzerland: Verlag Neue 

Zuercher Zeitung, 2002. 

—. “Interactive Problem Solving: Informal Mediation 

by the Scholar-Practitioner.” In Studies in 

International Mediation: Essays in Honor of Jeffrey 

Z. Rubin, edited by J. Bercovitch. New York: 

Palgrave, 2002. 

—. Kelman, Herbert C., Sanjeev Khagram, James V. 

Riker, and Kathryn Sikkink, eds. Restructuring 

World Politics: Transnational Social Movements, 

Networks and Norms. Minneapolis: University of 

Minnesota Press, 2002. 

Kelman, Herbert C. “Ein sozialpsychologischer Zugang 

zur Lösung internationaler Konflikte: 

Erfahrungen mit dem israelisch-palestinänischen 

Fall.” In Frieden schaffen—aber wie?, edited by 

Marianne Hassler, Martin Hautzinger, and Juergen 

Wertheimer. Tübingen: Stauffenburg Verlag, 2003. 

—. “The Major Roadblock on Road Map to Peace.” The 

Boston Globe, May 16, 2003, A19. 

—. “Social-psychological Dimension of International 

Conflict.” In Handbook of Political Psychology, 

edited by Y. Ariaki & J. Kawada. Tokyo: Hokuju, 

2003. (Japanese edition). 

Kelman, Herbert C., and Ronald J. Fisher “Conflict 

Analysis and Resolution.” In Handbook of Political 

Psychology, edited by David O. Sears, Leonie 

Huddy, and Robert Jervis. New York: Oxford 


Khagram, Sanjeev, et al. Restructuring World Politics: 

Transnational Social Movements, Networks, and 

Norms. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota 

Press, 2002. 

King, Gary, and Langche Zeng. “Estimating Risk and 

Rate Levels, Ratios, and Differences in Case- 

Control Studies.’’ Statistics in Medicine,no.21 

(2002): 1409-1427. 

King, Gary, Alan D. Lopez, Christopher J.L. Murray, 

Niels Tomijima, and Etienne Krug. “Armed 

Conflict as a Public Health Problem,” BMJ 324, 

February 9, 2002: 346-349. 

King, Gary, and Christopher J. L. Murray. “Rethinking 

Human Security.” Political Science Quarterly 116, 

no. 4 (Winter 2002): 585-610. 

King, Gary, and Lee Epstein. “The Rules of Inference,” 

with three comments and a rejoinder, “Empirical 

Research and The Goals of Legal Scholarship: A 

Response.” University of Chicago Law Review 69, 

no. 1 (Winter 2002): 1-209. 

King, Gary, James Honaker, and Jonathan N. Katz. “A 

Fast, Easy, and Efficient Estimator for Multiparty 

Electoral Data.” Political Analysis 10, no. 1 (Winter 

2002): 84-100. 

Kornai, János. La transformation économique 

postsocialiste. Edited by Bernard Chavance and 

Mehrdad Vahabi. Paris: Éditions de la Maison des 

siences de l’homme, 2001. 

—. Road to a Market Economy. (Translation of the 

book The Road to a Free Economy, 1990.) Hanoi: 

Association of Informatics, 2001. (Vietnamese 

edition). 


—. “Hardening of the Budget Constraint: The 

Experience of the Post-socialist Countries.” 

European Economic Review 45, no. 9 (2001):1573- 

1600. 

—. “Ten Years After The Road to a Free Economy. The 

Author’s Self Evaluation.” (in Bulgarian) . In 

Ikonomicheskaya Mycl (Economic Thought) 66, no. 

1 (2001): 42-60. 

—. “Ten Years After The Road to a Free Economy. The 

Author’s Self Evaluation.” (in Czech) . In Politicka 

Ekonomie no. 5 (2001): 621-634. 

Kornai, János and Karen Eggleston. Welfare, Choice and 

Solidarity in Transition: Reforming the Health 

Sector in Eastern Europe. Cambridge: Cambridge 


—. “Choice and Solidarity: The Health Sector in 

Eastern Europe and Proposals for Reform.” 

International Journal of Health Care Finance and 

Economics 1, no. 1 (2001): 59-84. 

Kornai, János, Stephan Haggard, and Robert R. 

Kaufman, eds. Reforming the State:Fiscal and 

Welfare Reform in Post-Socialist Countries. 

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2001. 

Kremer, Michael. “Pharmaceuticals and the Developing 

World.” Journal of Economic Perspectives 16, no. 4 

(Fall 2002): 67-90. 

—. “A Purchase Commitment for Vaccines.” In 

Providing Global Public Goods: Managing 

Globalization, edited by Inge Kaul, Pedro 

Conceição, Katell Le Goulven, and Ronald U. 

Mendoza. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2003. 

Reprinted in Beyond Communicable Disease 

Control: Health in the Age of Globalization,edited 

by Dyna Arhin-Tenkorang and Pedro Conceição. 

—. “Randomized Evaluations of Educational Programs 

in Developing Countries: Some Lessons.” 

American Economic Review Papers and Proceedings 

93, no. 2 (May 2003): 102-106. 

Kremer, Michael, and Daniel Chen. “Income 

Distribution Dynamics with Endogenous 

Fertility.” Journal of Economic Growth 7, no. 3 

(September 2002): 227-258. 

Kremer, Michael, Josh Angrist, Eric Bettinger, Erik 

Bloom, and Elizabeth King. “Vouchers for Private 

Schooling in Colombia: Evidence from a 

Randomized Natural Experiment.” American 

Economic Review 92, no. 5 (December 2002): 

1535-1558. 

Kremer, Michael, Paul Glewwe, Sylvie Moulin, and Eric 

Zitzewitz. “Retrospective vs. Prospective Analyses 

of School Inputs: The Case of Flip Charts in 

Kenya.” Working Paper w8018, National Bureau of 

Economic Research, November, 2000. 

Kydd, Andrew. “Trust Building, Trust Breaking: The 

Dilemma of NATO Enlargement.” International 

Organization 55, 4 (2001): 801-828. 

Kydd, Andrew, and Barbara Walter. “Sabotaging the 

Peace: The Politics of Extremist Violence.” 

International Organization 56, no. 2 (Spring 

2002): 263-296. 

LaPorta, Rafael, Florencio López-de-Silanes, and 

Andrei Shleifer. “Investor Protection and 

Corporate Valuation.” Journal of Finance 57, no. 3 

(June 2002): 1147-1170. 

Leaning, Jennifer. “Identifying Precursors.” In Will 

Genocide Ever End?, edited by Carol Rittner, John K. 

Roth, and James M. Smith. St. Paul: Paragon House, 

2002. 

—. “Human Rights and Conflict.” Health and Human 

Rights 6, no.2 (2003):151-160. 

Leaning, Jennifer, Jonathan Fine, and Richard Garfield. 

“Conflict Monitoring.” In War or Health? A 

Reader, edited by Ilkka Taipale. New York: Zed 

Books, 2002. 

Leaning, Jennifer, Peter Salama, and Annalies Borrel. 

“Responding to the Public Health Crisis in 

Afghanistan.” In Terrorism and Public Health: A 

Balanced Approach to Strengthening Systems and 

Protecting People, edited by Barry Levy and Victor 

Sidel. New York: Oxford University Press, 2003. 

Leaning, Jennifer, and Drew G. Faust. “The Rights of 

the Dead, the Needs of the Living.” Chronicle of 

Higher Education, 49, no. 36 (May 16, 2003): B10. 

Levitsky, Steven, and Lucan Way. “Competitive 

Authoritarianism in the Post-Cold War Era.” 

Journal of Democracy 12, no. 2 (April 2002): 51- 

66. 

Levitsky, Steven. “Organization and Labor-Based Party 

Adaptation: The Transformation of Argentine 

Peronism in Comparative Perspective.” World 

Politics 54, no. 1 (October 2001): 27-56. 

—. Transforming Labor-Based Parties in Latin America: 

Argentine Peronism in Comparative Perspective. 

New York: Cambridge University Press, 2003. 

—. “Argentina: From Crisis to Consolidation (and 

Back).” In Constructing Democratic Governance, 

edited by Jorge I. Dominguez and Michael Shifter. 

Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 2003. 

Levitt, Peggy. “Variations in Transnational Belonging: 

Lessons from Brazil and the Dominican 

Republic.” In Reinventing Citizenship: Dual 

Citizenship, Social Rights, and Federal Citizenship 

in Europe and the U.S., edited by Patrick Weil and 

Randall Hansen. England: Berghan Press, 2002. 

—. “Two Nations Under God?: Latino Religious Life in 

the U.S.” In Latinos! Remaking America, edited by 

Marcelo Suarez-Orosco and Mariela Paez. 

Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California 

Press, 2002. 

Levitt, Peggy, and Mary Waters, eds. The Changing Face 

of Home: The Transnational Lives of the Second 

Generation. New York: Russell Sage Foundation, 

2002. 

Levitt, Peggy, and Rafael de la Dehesa. “Transnational 

Migration and the Redefinition of the State: 

Variations and Explanations.” Ethnic and Racial 

Studies 26, no. 4 (2003). 

Levitt, Peggy. “Keeping Feet in Both Worlds: 

Transnational Practices and Immigrant 

Incorporation.” In Integrating Immigrants in 

Liberal Nation-States: From Post-national to 

Transnational, edited by Christian Joppke and 

Ewa Morawska. London: Palgrave, 2002. 

Lewis, Suzanne Grant. Informing Reform: Namibian 

Research to Inform Education Policy and Practice. 

Namibia: Namibian Educational Research 

Association, Faculty of Education, University of 

Namibia, 2002.

Little, David. “Religious Minorities and Religious 

Freedom.” In Protecting the Human Rights of 

Religious Minorities, edited by Peter G. Danchin 

and Elizabeth A. Cole. New York: Columbia 


—. “Iraq, the United States, and the Future of the 

International System.” Centerpiece, 16, 3 (Fall, 

2002). 

—. “Humanitarian Intervention: A Theoretical 

Approach.” In Law and the Role of Force: The 

Study of Their Influence on Conflict and Conflict 

Resolution, edited by J.I. Coffey and Charles T. 

Matthewes. Ardsely Park, NY: Transnational 

Publishers, 2002. 

—. “Forgiveness, Reconciliation, and Politics.” In Politik 

Der Versohnung, edited by Gerhard 

Beestermoeller and Hans-Richard Reuter. 

Stuttgart: W. Kohlhammer, 2002. 

—. “Conscientious Individualism: A Christian 

Perspective on Ethical Pluralism.” In The Many 

and the One: Religious and Secular Perspectives on 

Ethical Pluralism in the Modern World, edited by 

Richard Madsen and Tracy Strong. Princeton, NJ: 

Princeton University Press, 2003. 

—. “Introduction.” In Iraq: Threat and Response,edited 

by Gerhard Beestermoeller and David Little. 

Munster: Lit Verlag, 2003. 

MacFarquhar, Roderick. “Report for Aspen Institute 

Congressional Tour of China,” (March-April, 

2002). 

Maier, Charles, and Jytta Klausen. “Has Liberalism 

Failed Women? Assuring Equal Representation in 

Europe and the United States.” New York: 

Palgrave, 2001. 

Maier, Charles. “Hot Memory…Cold Memory: On the 

Political Half Life of Nazism and Communism.” 

(in German) . Transit 22, summer 2002. 

—. “Does Europe Need a Frontier? From Territorial to 

Redistributive Community.” In Europe Unbound, 

edited by Jan Zielonka. London: Routledge, 2002. 

— “Empires or Nations? 1918, 1945, 1989 …” In Three 

Postwar Eras in Comparison: Western Europe 1918- 

1945-1989, edited by Carl Levy and Mark 

Roseman. Basingstoke: Palgrave, 2002. 

—. “Due grandi crisi del xx secolo. Alcuni cenni su anni 

Trenta e Settanta,” (Two Major Crises of the 20th 

Century: Notes on the l930s and l970s). In Le 

radici della crisi: L’Italia tra gli anni Sessanta e 

Settanta, edited by Luca Baldissara. Rome: Carocci 

Editore, 2001. 

Maier, Charles. “Overcoming the Past? Narrative and 

Negotiation, Remembering and Reparation: Issues 

at the Interface of History and the Law.” In Politics 

and the Past: On Repairing Historical Injustices, 

edited by John Torpey. Lanham, MD: Rowman & 

Littlefield Publishers, 2003. 

—. “Mahler’s Theater: The Performative and the 

Political in Central Europe, 1890-1910.” In Mahler 

and His World, edited by Karen Painter. Princeton, 

NJ: Princeton University Press, 2002. 

—. “Die ‘Aura’ Buchenwald.” In Verbrechen Erinnern: 

Die Auseinandersetzung mit Holocaust und 

Völkermord (To Remember Crimes: Dealing with 

the Holocaust and Genocide), edited by Volhard 

Knigge and Norbert Frei. Munich: C. H. Beck 

Verlag, 2002. 

Marsden, Peter. “Egocentric and Sociocentric Measures 

of Network Centrality.” Social Networks 24 

(November 2002): 407-422. 

—. “Interviewer Effects in Measuring Network Size 

Using a Single Name Generator.” Social Networks 

25 (February 2003): 1-16. 

Martin, Lisa L., and Jeffry Frieden. “International 

Political Economy: The State of the Sub- 

Discipline.” The Political Economist X, no. 2 

(Winter 2002): 1-8. 

Martin, Lisa L., and Robert O. Keohane. “Institutional 

Theory, Endogeneity, and Delegation.” In Progress 

in International Relations Theory: Appraising the 

Field, edited by Colin Elman and Miriam Elman. 


Martin, Lisa, and Jeffry Frieden. “International Political 

Economy: Global and Domestic Interactions.” In 

Political Science: State of the Discipline, edited by 

Ira Katznelson and Helen V. Milner. New York: 

Norton, 2002: 118-146. 

Martin, Lisa. “International Political Economy: From 

Paradigmatic Debates to Productive 

Disagreements.” In Millennial Reflections on 

International Studies, edited by Michael Brecher 

and Frank P. Harvey. Ann Arbor: University of 

Michigan Press, 2002: 653-59. 

May, Ernest R. “1947-48: When Marshall Kept the U.S. 

Out of War in China.” Journal of Military History 

66, no. 4 (October 2002): 1001. 

McElroy, Michael B. The Atmospheric Environment: 

Effects of Human Activity. Princeton, NJ: 


Medina, Pedro. “Eye Contact in Harvard Square.” The 

Harvard Crimson, November 22, 2002. 

Melitz, Marc, Elhanan Helpman, and Stephen Yeaple. 

“Exports Versus FDI.” Working Paper 9439, 

National Bureau of Economic Research, 2003. 

Miller, Edward. “The Ascent of Ngo Dinh Diem, 1945- 

1954.” Paper presented at a conference on The 

First Indochina War: Nationalism, Colonialism 

and Cold War, Lyndon B. Johnson Presidential 

Library, Austin, TX, November 2002. 

—. “Confucianism and ‘Confucian Learning’ in South 

Vietnam During the Diem years, 1954-1963.” 

Paper presented at the annual meeting of the 

Association for Asian Studies, New York, March 

2003. 

—. Review of Diem’s Final Failure: Prelude to America’s 

War in Vietnam, by Philip E. Catton. Kyoto Review 

of Southeast Asia 3 (March 2003). 

Moravcsik, Andrew. “In Defence of the Democratic 

Deficit: Reassessing Legitimacy in the European 

Union.” Journal of Common Market Studies 40, no. 

4 (November 2002): 603-624. 

—. “The Death Penalty: Getting Beyond 

Exceptionalism (A Response to Silvia and 

Sampson).” European Studies (December 2001). 

—. “The New Abolitionism: Why Does the U.S. Practice 

the Death Penalty while Europe Does Not?” 

European Studies (September 2001). 

—. Review of The EEC Crisis of 1963,” by Olivier Bange. 

American Historical Review (December 2001). 

—. Review of People and Parliament in the European 

Union: Participation, Democracy, Legitimacy by 

Jean Blondel, Richard Sinnott, and Palle Svensson. 

American Political Science Review (June 2001). 


—. “The Human Rights Blame Game.” Newsweek,April 

22, 2002, Atlantic ed. 

—. “The Liberal Paradigm in International Relations 

Theory: A Scientific Assessment.” In Progress in 

International Relations Theory: Metrics and 

Measures of Scientific Change, edited by Colin 

Elman and Miram Fendius Elman. Cambridge, 

MA: MIT Press, 2002. 

—. “Le Mythe du Déficit Démocratique Européen.” 

Raisons Politiques (May-July 2003). 

Moravcsik, Andrew, and Andrea Sangiovanni. “On 

Democracy and ‘Public Interest’ in the Europe 

Union.” In Die Reformierbarkeit der Demokratie. 

Innovationen und Blockaden, edited by Wolfgang 

Streeck and Renate Mainz. Frankfurt: Campus 

Verlag, 2002. 

Najmabada, Afsaneh. “The Gender of Modernity: 

Reflections from Iranian Historiography.” In 

Histories of the Modern Middle East: New 

Directions, edited by Israel Gershoni, Hakan 

Erdem, and Ursula Woköck. London: Lynne 

Reinner Publishers, 2002. 

—. Review of The Veil Unveiled: The Hijab in Modern 

Culture, by Faegheh Shirazi. Islamic Studies 41, 

no.1 (Spring 2002): 148-153. 

—. “Transformations of Gender and Sexuality in Qajar 

Iran.” Homan 18 (Spring 2002): 11-18. (Persian 

edition). 

Noguera, Pedro. City Schools and the American Dream: 

Fulfilling the Promise of Public Education.New 

York: Teachers College Press, 2003. 

Nye, Joseph S. Jr., The Paradox of American Power: Why 

the World’s Only Superpower Can’t Go it Alone. 

New York: Oxford University Press, 2002. 

—. Understanding International Conflicts, 4th ed. New 

York: AB Longman, 2002. 

—, ed. Governance Amid Bigger, Better Markets. 

Washington, DC: Brookings Institution Press, 

2001. 

—. “Seven Tests: Between Concert and Unilateralism.” 

The National Interest, no. 66 (Winter 2001-2002): 

5-13. 

—. “America’s Power: The New Rome Meets the New 

Barbarians.” The Economist, March 23, 2002, 23- 

25. 

—. “Government’s Challenge: Getting Serious About 

Terrorism.” In How Did This Happen? Terrorism 

and the New War, edited by James F. Hoge, Jr., and 

Gideon Rose. New York: Council on Foreign 

Relations, 2001. 

Orduz, Juan. “Los gringos no hacen la tarea.” 

RevistaCambio.com, March 5, 2003. 

Paarlberg, Robert L., and David Orden. “The New 

Century of Multi-Agriculturalism,” Review of 

Agricultural Economics 23, no. 2 (Fall-Winter 

2001). 

Paarlberg, Robert L. “The Political Climate for the Farm 

Bill Debate.” Agro Washington 2, no. 2 (summer 

2001): 26-29. 

—. “Governance and Food Security in an Age of 

Globalization.” Discussion Paper 36, International 

Food Policy Research Institute, Washington, DC, 

February 2002. 

—. “Environmentally Sustainable Agriculture in the 

21st Century.” In The Convergence of U.S. National 

Security and the Global Environment. Washington, 

DC: Aspen Institute. 

—. “The Real Threat to GM Crops in Poor Countries.” 

Food Policy 27 (2002): 247-250. 

Paarlberg, Robert, and Joel I. Cohen. “Explaining 

Restricted Approval and Availability of GM Crops 

in Developing Countries.” AgBiotechnet, ABN 097, 

(October 2002). 

Paarlberg Robert L. “Reinvigorating Genetically 

Modified Crops.” Issues in Science and Technology 

19, no. 3 (2003): 86-92. 

Perry, Elizabeth. Challenging the Mandate of Heaven: 

Social Protest and State Power in China.New York: 

M.E. Sharpe, 2002. 

Perry, Elizabeth, and Merle Goldman, eds. Changing 

Meanings of Citizenship in Modern China. 

Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2002. 

Perry, Elizabeth. “Moving the Masses: Emotion Work in 

the Chinese Revolution.” Mobilization (Spring 

2002): 111-128. 

Perry, Elizabeth, and Merle Goldman. “Political 

Citizenship in Modern China.” In Changing 

Meanings of Citizenship, edited by Merle Goldman 

and Elizabeth Perry. Cambridge, MA: Harvard 


—. “From Paris to the Paris of the East—and Back: 

Workers as Citizens in Modern Shanghai.” In 

Changing Meanings of Citizenship, edited by Merle 

Goldman and Elizabeth Perry. Cambridge, MA: 

Harvard University Press, 2002. 

Perry, Elizabeth, and Nara Dillon. “‘Little Brothers’ in 

the Cultural Revolution: Worker Rebels in 

Shanghai.” In Chinese Femininities/Chinese 

Masculinities, edited by Susan Brownell and 

Jeffrey Wasserstrom. Berkley: University of 

California Press, 2002. 

Pharr, Susan J. “In the Eye of the Storm: Japan during 

the ‘Lost Decade,’ and After.” Harvard Magazine 

104, no. 2 (November 2001): 37-39. 

Pharr, Susan J. “Targeting by an Activist State: Japan as 

a Civil Society Model.” In The State of Civil Society 

in Japan, edited by Frank J. Schwartz and Susan J. 

Pharr. New York: Cambridge University Press, 

2003. 

Pharr, Susan J., and Frank J. Schwartz, eds. “New 

Terrain for Civil Society.” Centerpiece 16, no. 1 

(Winter 2002): 2-4. 

—. The State of Civil Society in Japan.New York: 

Cambridge University Press, 2003. 

Pharr, Susan J., Robert D. Putnam, and Russell J. 

Dalton. “A Quarter-Century of Declining 

Confidence.” In The Global Divergence of 

Democracies, edited by Larry Diamond and Marc 

F. Plattner. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins 


Pierson, Paul. “From Expansion to Austerity: The New 

Politics of Taxing and Sending.” In Seeking the 

Center: Politics and Policymaking at the New 

Century, edited by Martin Levin, Marc Landy, and 

Martin Shapiro. Washington, DC: Georgetown 

University Press, 2001.

Pierson, Paul and Jacob S. Hacker. “Business Power and 

Social Policy: Employers and the Formation of 

the American Welfare State.” Politics and Society 

30, no. 2 (2002): 277-325. 

Pill, Huw. “Waiting for Euro.” A review of Economic 

Systems, edited by B. Frensch. Foreign Policy 25, 

no. 3 (January-February 2002): 106-108. 

Pill, Huw, and Massimo Rostagno. “Inflation Targeting 

and Taylor Rules as Benchmarks for Monetary 

Policy Decisions: A Critical Survey.” Working 

Paper 02-034, Harvard Business School, 2002. 

Pill, Huw, Vitor Gaspar, and Klaus Masuch. “The ECB’s 

Monetary Policy Strategy: Responding to the 

Challenges of the Early Years of EMU.” In EMU 

and Economic Policy: The Challenges of the Early 

Years, edited by Marco Buti and Andre Sapir. 

Northampton: Edward Elgar Publishing, 2002. 

Putnam, Robert D. “Bowling Together: The United 

State of America.” The American Prospect no. 13, 

February 11, 2002, 20-22. Reprinted with 

postscript in United We Serve: National Service 

and the Future of Citizenship, edited by E.J. 

Dionne Jr., Kayla Meltzer Drogosz, and Robert E. 

Litan. Washington, DC: Brookings Institution 

Press, 2003. 

—. Making Democracy Work: Civic Traditions in Modern 

Italy. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 

1993. (Japanese, Chinese and Lithuanian 

editions). 

—. “The Prosperous Community: Social Capital and 

Public Life.” In Handbook of Political Psychology 

(in Japanese), edited by Junichi Kawata. Tokyo: 

Hokuju Publisher, 2001. 

—. “Community-Based Social Capital and Educational 

Performance.” In Making Good Citizens: Education 

and Civil Society, edited by Diane Ravitch and 

Joseph Viteritti. New Haven: Yale University Press, 

2002. 

—. Bowling Alone: The Collapse and Revival of American 

Community. New York: Simon & Schuster, 2002. 

(Japanese and Swedish editions). Barcelona: 

Galaxia Gutenberg, 2002. (Spanish edition). 

Putnam, Robert D., and Amy Caiazza. “Women’s Status 

and Social Capital Across the States.” Briefing 

Paper, Institute for Women’s Policy Research, 

Washington, DC, July 2002. 

Putnam, Robert D., and Tom Sander. “American Civic 

Life after September 11th.” Hankookibo-Korea 

Times, August 6, 2002. 

Putnam, Robert D., ed. Democracies in Flux: The 

Evolution of Social Capital in Contemporary 

Society. New York: Oxford University Press, 2002. 

Reddaway, David. “Three R’s for a new Afghanistan,” 

The Boston Globe, December 1, 2002. 

Reich, Michael R., and Vinand M. Nantulya. “The 

Neglected Epidemic: Road Traffic Injuries in 

Developing Countries.” British Medical Journal 

324 (2002): 1139-1141. 

—. “Equity Dimensions of Road Traffic Injuries in 

Low- and Middle-Income Countries.” Injury 

Control and Safety Promotion 10 (2003): 13-20. 

Reich, Michael R. “The Politics of Reforming Health 

Policies.” Promotion & Education 9 (2002): 138-142. 

—. “Reshaping the State From Above, From Within, 

From Below: Implications for Public Health.” 

Social Science & Medicine 54 (2002): 1669-1675. 

Reich, Michael R., and Marc J. Roberts. “Ethical 

Analysis in Public Health.” Lancet 359 (2002): 

1055-1059. 

Reich, Michael R., ed. Public-Private Partnerships for 

Public Health. Cambridge, MA: Harvard 


Reynolds, Michael. “The Mullah Selim Uprising and 

Imperial Russian Designs on Anatolia.” In Dr. 

Mehmet Saray’a Arma∂an: Türk Dünyas?na 

Bak??lar, edited by Halil Bal and Muhammet Erat. 

Istanbul: Da Yay?nc?l?k, 2003. 

—. “Chechnya: A Criminal Offense.” The Asia Times, 

November 29, 2002. 

—. “Democracy’s Turkish Test.” Los Angeles Times, 

September 1, 2002. 

Rodrik, Dani, and S. Collins. Brookings Trade Forum: 

2001. Washington, DC: The Brookings 

Institution, 2001. 

Rodrik, Dani. “The Global Governance of Trade as if 

Development Really Mattered.” New York: United 

Nations Development Program (UNDP), 2001. 

—. “Development Strategies for the 21st Century.” 

Paper presented at Annual World Bank 

Conference on Development Economics 2000, 

(Fall 2001). 

Rodrik, Dani, and Ethan Kaplan. “Did the Malaysian 

Capital Controls Work?” Working Paper w8142, 

National Bureau of Economic Research, 2001. 

Rodrik, Dani, and Anna Maria Mayda. “Why Are Some 

People (and Countries) More Protectionist than 

Others?” Working Paper w8461, National Bureau 

of Economic Research, September 2001. 

Rodrik, Dani, and Ricardo Hausmann. “Economic 

Development as Self-Discovery.” Working Paper 

w8952, National Bureau of Economic Research, 

May 2002. 

Rodrik, Dani, ed. In Search of Prosperity: Analytic 

Narratives on Economic Growth. Princeton, NJ: 


Rodrik, Dani. “Feasible Globalizations.” Working Paper 

9129, National Bureau of Economic Research, 

August 2002. 

Rodrik, Dani, Margaret McMillan, and Karen Horn 

Welch. “When Economic Reform Goes Wrong: 

Cashews in Mozambique.” Working Paper 9117, 

National Bureau of Economic Research, August 

2002. 

Rodrik, Dani, and Sharun Mukand. “In Search of the 

Holy Grail: Policy Convergence, Experimentation, 

and Economic Performance.” Working Paper 

9134, National Bureau of Economic Research, 

August 2002. 

Rodrik, Dani, Arvind Subramanian, and Francesco 

Trebbi. “Institutions Rule: The Primacy of 

Institutions over Geography and Integration in 

Economic Development.” Working Paper 9305, 

National Bureau of Economic Research, 

November, 2002. 

Rogoff, Kenneth, and Carmen M. Reinhart. “FDI to 

Africa: The Role of Price Stability and Currency 

Instability.” In Annual World Bank Conference on 

Development Economics 2002: The New Reform 

Agenda, edited by Boris Pleskovic and Nicholas 

Stern. Washington, DC: World Bank, 2002. 


Schulte, Paul. “Iraq Inspection Crisis Reveals Gaps in 

Harvard’s Accounting: Findings of an Intrusive 

European Securicrat.” Centerpiece 17, no. 1 

(Winter 2003). 

Shaw, Helen. “The Iraq War was a Ratings War for the 

U.S. TV Giants: Serious Journalism was its Main 

Casualty.” The Irish Times, May 14, 2003. 

Shepsle, Kenneth A., Theodore J. Lowi and Benjamin 

Ginsberg. American Government, 7th ed. New 

York: Norton, 2002. 

Shepsle, Kenneth A. “Assessing Comparative Legislative 

Research.” In Legislatures, edited by G. 

Loewenberg, P. Squire, and R. Kiewiet. Ann Arbor: 

University of Michigan Press, 2002. 

—. “Losers in Politics (and How They Sometimes 

Become Winners): William Riker’s Heresthetic.” 

Perspectives on Politics 1 (June 2003). 

Skocpol, Theda, and Jocelyn Elise Crowley. “The Rush 

to Organize: Explaining Associational Formation 

in the United States, 1860s–1920s.” American 

Journal of Political Science 45, no. 4 (October 

2001): 813-829. 

Skocpol, Theda. “Working Families: The Centerpiece 

for Reform.” In The Next Agenda: Blueprint For A 

New Progressive Movement, edited by Robert 

Borosage and Roger Hickey. Boulder, CO: 

Westview Press, 2001. 

Skocpol, Theda, Ziad Munson, Andrew Karch, and 

Bayliss Camp. “Patriotic Partnerships: Why Great 

Wars Nourished American Civic Voluntarism.” In 

Shaped by War and Trade: International Influences 

on American Political Development, edited by Ira 

Katznelson and Martin Shefter. Princeton, NJ: 


Skocpol, Theda. Diminished Democracy: From 

Membership to Management in American Civic 

Life. (Rothbaum Series). Norman, OK: University 

of Oklahoma Press, 2003. 

—. “Will 9/11 and the War on Terror Revitalize 

American Civic Democracy?” PS: Political Science 

& Politics 35, no. 3 (September 2002): 537-40. 

—. “Doubly Engaged Social Science: The Promise of 

Comparative Historical Analysis.” In Comparative 

Historical Analysis in the Social Sciences, edited by 

James Mahoney and Dietrich Rueschemeyer. 

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2003. 

—. “United States: From Membership to Advocacy.” In 

Democracies in Flux: The Evolution of Social 

Capital in Contemporary Society, edited by Robert 

D. Putnam. New York: Oxford University Press, 

2002. 

Skocpol, Theda, and Paul Pierson. “Historical 

Institutionalism in Contemporary Political 

Science.” In Political Science: State of the Discipline, 

edited by Ira Katznelson and Helen V. Milner. 

New York: Norton, 2002. 

Spar, Debora L. “Trusting Microsoft: Private Standards 

and the Evolution of Antitrust.” In Die Soziale 

Marktwirtschaft in der neuen Weltwirtschaft,edited 

by Lars-Hendrik Roller and Christian Wey. 

Edition Sigma, 2001. 

—. “National Policies and Domestic Politics.” In The 

Oxford Handbook of International Business,edited 

by Alan M. Rugman and Thomas L. Brewer. 

Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001. 

Spar, Debora L., Bhavesh Patel and Allison Morhaim. 

“WorldSpace: Digital Radio for the Developing 

World.” Case N9-702-034, Harvard Business 

School, 2002. 

Spar, Debora L., and Nick Bartlett. “Life, Death and 

Property Rights: The Pharmaceutical Industry 

Faces AIDS in Africa.” Case N9-702-049, Harvard 

Business School, 2002. 

Spar, Debora L., and James Dail. “Of Measurement and 

Mission: Accounting for Performance in Non- 

Governmental Organizations.” Chicago Journal of 

International Law 3, no. 1 (Spring 2002). 

Spar, Debora L., and Rawi Abdelal. “Remaking the 

Rainbow Nation: South Africa 2002.” Case N9- 

702-035, Harvard Business School, 2002. 

Spar, Debora L. Managing International Trade and 

Investment: Case Book. London: Imperial College 

Press, 2003. 

Spar, Debora L., and Lane T. La Mure. “The Power of 

Activism: Assessing the Impact of NGOs on 

Global Business.” California Management Review 

45, no. 3 (Spring 2003). 

Stanley-Mitchell, Elizabeth A. “No Peace without 

Surrender.” New York Times, April 8, 2003. 

—. “Seeking a Voice for the Surrender of Iraq.” 

International Herald Tribune, April 9, 2003. 

Szporluk, Roman, ed. Imperium, komunizm i narody: 

wybor esejow. Translated by Szymon Czarnik and 

Andrzej Nowak. Krakow: Wydawnictwo Arcana, 

2003. 

Szporluk, Roman. “Warum die Ukrainer Ukrainer 

sind?” [Why the Ukrainians are Ukrainians?] 

Transit, no. 23 (Winter 2002). 

Toft, Monica Duffy. The Geography of Ethnic Violence: 

Identity, Interests, and the Indivisibility of Territory. 

Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2003. 

—. “Differential Demographic Growth in Multinational 

States: The Case of Israel’s Two-Front War.” Review 

of International Affairs 56, no. 1 (Fall 2002). 

—. “Geographic Concentration and Ethnic War.” 

Security Studies 14 (Winter 2002-Spring 2003). 

Trowbridge, Shannon O’Neil. “Pension Reform in Latin 

America: Evaluating Causes and Effects.” Paper 

presented at the Latin American Studies 

Association, Philadelphia, March, 2003. 

—. “Asset Specificity and Institutional Development.” 

Paper presented at the American Political Science 

Association, Boston, September, 2002. 

Walt, Stephen M. “American Primacy: Its Prospects and 

Pitfalls.” Naval War College Review 55, no. 2 

(Spring 2002): 9-28. 

—. “Beyond bin Laden: Reshaping U.S. Foreign Policy.” 

International Security 26, no. 3 (Winter 2001- 

2002): 56-78. 

—. “Mantener al mundo ‘fuera de balance”: el 

autocontrol y la politica exterior de Estados 

Unidos.” Politica y gobierno 9, no. 1 (2002): 51-94. 

—. “The Enduring Relevance of the Realist Tradition.” 

In Political Science: State of the Discipline III, 

edited by Ira Katznelson and Helen Milner. New 

York: Norton, 2002. 

—. “Fragile: Package With Care.” The Boston Globe, 

September 30, 2001.

Walt, Stephen, and John J. Mearsheimer. “An 

Unnecessary War” Foreign Policy 133 

(January/February 2003). 

Walt, Stephen. “Keeping the World Off-Balance: Self- 

Restraint and U.S. Foreign Policy.” In America 

Unrivaled: The Future of the Balance of Power, 

edited by G. John Ikenberry. Ithaca: Cornell 


Warren, Kay, and Jean Jackson, eds. Indigenous 

Movements, Self-Representation, and the State. 

Austin: University of Texas Press, 2002. 

Warren, Kay, Carol Greenhouse, and Beth Mertz, eds. 

Ethnography in Unstable Places: Everyday Life in 

Contexts of Dramatic Political Change. Durham: 

Duke University Press, 2002. 

Warren, Kay. “Culture, Violence, and Ethnic 

Nationalism: Weighing Alternative Strategies of 

Explanation and Media Representation.” In The 

State, Identity, and Violence: Political 

Disintegration in the Post-Cold War World,edited 

by R. Brian Ferguson. Routledge: London and 

New York, 2002. 

Warren, Kay, and Jean Jackson. “Introduction: Theory 

and Politics in the Study of Indigenous 

Movements.” In Indigenous Movements, Self- 

Representation, and the State, edited by Kay B. 

Warren and Jean Jackson. Austin: University of 

Texas Press, 2002. 

Warren, Kay. “Voting Against Indigenous Rights in 

Guatemala: Lessons from the 1999 Referendum.” 

In Indigenous Movements, Self-Representation, and 

the State, edited by Kay B. Warren and Jean E. 

Jackson. Austin: University of Texas Press, 2002. 

—. “Epilogue: Toward an Anthropology of Fragments, 

Instabilities, and Incomplete Transitions.” In 

Ethnography in Unstable Places: Everyday Life in 

Contexts of Dramatic Political Change, edited by 

Carol Greenhouse, Beth Mertz, and Kay B. 

Warren. Durham: Duke University Press, 2002. 

—. “Introduction: Rethinking Bi-polar Constructions 

of Ethnicity.” Journal of Latin American 

Anthropology 6, no.1 (2002): 90-105. 

Watson, James. Encyclopedia Britannica, 15th ed., s.v. 

“Globalization and Culture.” 


2001–2002 Visiting Committee 

Alan G. Quasha 

(Chairman) president, Quadrant Management, Inc. 

Frank Boas 

Attorney 

A. Kim Campbell 

Chair, Council of Women World Leaders, John F. 

Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University 

Gurcharan Das 

Chairman of the Board, Citibank–India 

Michael W. Doyle 

Edward S. Sanford Professor of Politics and 

International Affairs, Princeton University 

Donald J. Gogel 

Co-President, Clayton, Dublier & Rice, Inc. 

Helga Haftendorn 

University Professor, Freie Universitat Berlin 

Diego Hildalgo 

President, FRIDE 

Robert Jervis 

Adlai E. Stephenson Professor of International 

Relations Institute of War and Peace Studies, Columbia 

University 

Karl Kaiser 

Otto-Wolff-Direktor, Forschungsintitut der Deutschen 

Gesellschaft für Auswärtige Politik e.V. 

Pierre Keller 

Former partner, Lombard Odier & Cie. 

Robert O. Keohane 

James B. Duke Professor of Political Science Duke 

University 

Ira Kukin 

Chairman of the Board, Apollo Technologies 

International Corporation 

Yukio Matsuyama 

Honorary chairperson, Editorial Board, The Asahi 

Shimbum 

David E. Moore 

Chairman and Editorial Director, International Business 

Magazine 

Hassen Nemazee 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Nemazee 

Capitol Corporation 

Pedro J. Pick 

Member of the supervisory board, Patria Finance, a.s. 

Emma Rothschild 

Director, Centre for History and Economics, King’s 

College 

ADMINISTRATION 

Susanne Hoeber Rudolph 

William Benton Distinguished Service Professor of 

Political Science, Department of Political Science, 

University of Chicago 

Adele S. Simmons 

Senior Research Associate, Center for International 

Studies, University of Chicago 

Beth A. Simmons 

Associate Professor of Political Science, University of 

California at Berkeley 

C. Dixon Spangler, Jr. 

President Emeritus, The University of North Carolina, 

Charlotte, North Carolina 

Albert J. Weatherhead III 

President, Weatherhead Industries 

Celia Weatherhead 

Vice President, Weatherhead Foundation 

2001–02 Executive Committee 

The Executive Committee provides overall policy 

guidance to the Center and is a forum for scholarly 

exchange among its members. 

Jorge I. Domínguez 

Director, Weatherhead Center for International Affairs, 

Clarence Dillon Professor of International Affairs and 

Harvard College Professor 

Cemil Aydin 

Graduate Student Representative 

Robert H. Bates 

Eaton Professor of the Science of Government 

William C. Clark 

Harvey Brooks Professor of International Science, 

Public Policy, and Human Development 

John H. Coatsworth 

Munroe Gutman Professor of Latin American Affairs, 

Director, David Rockefeller Center for Latin American 

Studies 

James A. Cooney 

Executive Director, Weatherhead Center for 

International Affairs, Director, McCloy German 

Scholars Program 

Richard N. Cooper 

Maurits C. Boas Professor of International Economics 

Jeffry Frieden 

Stanfield Professor of International Peace 

Peter A. Hall 

Director, Minda de Gunzburg Center for European 

Studies, Frank G. Thomson Professor of Government, 

and Harvard College Professor 

J. Bryan Hehir 

Professor of the Practice in Religion and Society, Chair,

Executive Committee, Harvard Divinity School 

Stanley H. Hoffmann 

Paul and Catherine Buttenwieser University Professor 

Samuel P. Huntington 

Albert J. Weatherhead III University Professor, Director, 

Harvard Academy for International and Area Studies, 


Alastair Iain Johnston 

Governor James Albert Noe and Linda and Christel 

Noe Laine Kelley Professor of China 

Devesh Kapur 

Associate Professor of Government, Director, Graduate 

Student Program 

Herbert C. Kelman 

Richard Clarke Cabot Professor of Social Ethics; 

Director, Program on International Conflict Analysis 

and Resolution, Weatherhead Center for International 

Affairs 

William C. Kirby 

Edith and Benjamin Geisinger Professor of History, 

Director, Asia Center 

Charles S. Maier 

Krupp Foundation Professor of European Studies 

Lisa Martin 

Professor of Government 

David Maybury-Lewis 

Professor of Anthropology, Director, Program on 

Nonviolent Sanctions and Cultural Survival, 


Kathleen Molony 

Director, Fellows Program, Weatherhead Center for 


Joseph S. Nye, Jr. 

Don K. Price Professor of Public Policy, Dean, Kennedy 

School of Government 

Susan J. Pharr 

Edwin O. Reischauer Professor of Japanese Politics; 

Director, Program on U.S.–Japan Relations, 


Robert D. Putnam 

The Peter and Isabel Malkin Professor of Public Policy; 

Director, Saguaro Seminar 

Dani Rodrik 

Rafiq Hariri Professor of International Political 

Economy at the John F. Kennedy School Government 

Stephen P. Rosen 

Beton Michael Kaneb Professor of National Security 

and Military Affairs; Director, John M. Olin Institute 

for Strategic Studies, Weatherhead Center for 


Theda Skocpol 

Victor S. Thomas Professor of Government and 

Sociology 

Anne-Marie Slaughter 

J. Sinclair Armstrong Professor of International, 

Foreign, and Comparative Law, Co-Director, Graduate 

and International Legal Studies 

Debora Spar 

Professor of Business Administration 

Wendy E.F. Torrance 

Assistant Dean of Freshmen, Director, Undergraduate 

Program 

Stephen M. Walt 

Belfer Professor of International Politics at the John F. 

Kennedy School of Government 

Staff 

David Atkinson 

Staff Assistant to the Executive Director 

Beth Baiter 

Staff Assistant to Professor Huntington and the 

Harvard Academy 

Steven B. Bloomfield 

Director of Public Information 

Douglas Bond 

Associate Director, Program on Nonviolent Sanctions 

and Cultural Survival 

Wanthani Briggs 

Staff Assistant 

Helen Clayton 

Program Coordinator, Canada Seminar and staff 

assistant to Professor Cooper 

James Clem 

Executive Officer, Harvard Academy for International 

and Area Studies 

Jim Cooney 

Executive Director 

Amy Demarest 

Program Coordinator, Program on U.S.–Japan 

Relations 

Hugh Doherty 

Staff Assistant, Financial Office 

Maura Dowling 

Administrative Officer 

Jeana Flahive 

Program Officer, Administration 

Amanda Flohr 

Staff Assistant to Professor Kelman, Program 

Coordinator, Program on Nonviolent Sanctions and 

Cultural Survival 

Katie Gallagher 

Research Assistant, John M. Olin Institute for Strategic 

Studies 


Nadine Gerstler-Lopes 

Staff Assistant 

Donald Halstead 

Consulting Editor, Fellows Program 

Donna Hicks 

Deputy Director, Program on International Conflict 


Kathleen Hoover 

Staff Assistant to the Director 

Ethan Kiczek 

Manager of Information Technology 

John Kuczwara 

Staff Assistant, Program on U.S.–Japan Relations 

Susan Leary 

Program Coordinator, Fellows Program 

Ursula Leitzmann 

Staff Assistant, Program on International Conflict 


Theodore Macdonald 

Associate Director, Program on Nonviolent Sanctions 

and Cultural Survival 

Kenneth Marden 

User Support Specialist 

Rachel McCleary 

Director, Religion, Political Economy, and Society 

Project 

Patrick McVay 

Financial Officer 

Kathleen Molony 

Director, Fellows Program 

Thomas C. Murphy 

Coordinator of Housing and Affiliate Services 

Amanda Pearson 

Publications Manager 

Christopher Perry 

Network and Systems Administrator 

Clare Putnam 

Coordinator, Student Programs, Fellowships, and South 

Asia Seminar 

Peter Rolla 

Librarian 

Aya Sato-DiLorenzo 

Staff Assistant, Program on U.S.–Japan Relations 

Tanya Schreiber 

Staff Assistant, Fellows Program 

Frank Schwartz 

Associate Director, Program on U.S.–Japan Relations 

Charles Smith 

Assistant Financial Officer 

Daniel Sullivan 

Staff Assistant, Administration 

Ann Townes 

Program Coordinator, John M. Olin Institute for 

Strategic Studies 

Rebecca L. Webb 

Managing Editor, International Organization

Annual Report_01-02.QXD - The Weatherhead Center for ...

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?